4. 尼萨耆亚篇显示巴利原文
4. Nissaggiyakaṇḍaṃ
1. 第一迦提那学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
三十应舍罪,已由寂静者宣说;
现在我将为它们作前所未有的文句注释。
显示巴利原文 Tiṃsa nissaggiyā dhammā, ye vuttā samitāvinā; Tesaṃ dāni karissāmi, apubbapadavaṇṇanaṃ.
459 459. 那时,佛陀世尊住于毗舍离的乔达摩塔庙。那时,世尊听许比丘们使用三衣。此处所谓三衣,即下衣、上衣与僧伽梨,这三衣被允许使用。至于在何处开许、何时开许、以何因缘开许,这些在《衣犍度·耆婆事》中已有记载。比丘们另以一套三衣进入村庄,即不同于在寺院居住及入浴时所穿,如此日日穿着九件新衣。显示巴利原文
459. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati gotamake cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ hotīti ettha ticīvaranti antaravāsako uttarāsaṅgo saṅghāṭīti idaṃ cīvarattayaṃ paribhuñjituṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. Yattha panetaṃ anuññātaṃ, yadā ca anuññātaṃ, yena ca kāraṇena anuññātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ cīvarakkhandhake jīvakavatthusmiṃ (mahāva. 326 ādayo) āgatameva. Aññeneva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisantīti yena vihāre acchanti nhānañca otaranti, tato aññena, evaṃ divase divase nava cīvarāni dhārenti.
460 460. ‘已生起’:为给随制戒开启方便之门,依获得而言为‘已生起’,非依完成而言。显示巴利原文
460.Uppannaṃ hotīti anupaññattiyā dvāraṃ dadamānaṃ paṭilābhavasena uppannaṃ hoti, no nipphattivasena.
“欲给予具寿舍利弗”者:据说,具寿阿难认为除世尊之外,再无其他如此功德卓越的人,于是出于对功德的敬重,特别护念具寿舍利弗。每当得到可意的衣服,他都会染色、作点净标记后,便赠予长老;食前得到殊胜的粥、硬食或钵食,也给予长老;食后得到蜂蜜、糖浆等,同样给予长老;甚至从护持者家中带出孩童令其出家时,也让孩童到长老跟前受依止,自己则为作告白羯磨。具寿舍利弗也这样想:“父亲当作之事,本是长子的责任;应由我为世尊做之事,阿难已在做。依靠阿难,我得以少事安住。”因此也特别护念具寿阿难,得到可意的衣服时,同样如前所述地赠予阿难长老。如此,出于对功德的敬重而互相护念,那时那件衣服生起时,也当知是“欲给予具寿舍利弗”。显示巴利原文
Āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo hotīti āyasmā kira ānando bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā añño evarūpo guṇavisiṭṭho puggalo natthīti guṇabahumānena āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ atimamāyati. So sadāpi manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā therasseva deti, purebhatte paṇītaṃ yāgukhajjakaṃ vā piṇḍapātaṃ vā labhitvāpi therasseva deti, pacchābhatte madhuphāṇitādīni labhitvāpi therasseva deti, upaṭṭhākakulehi dārake nikkhāmetvā pabbājetvāpi therassa santike upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā sayaṃ anusāvanakammaṃ karoti. Āyasmāpi sāriputto ‘‘pitu kattabbakiccaṃ nāma jeṭṭhaputtassa bhāro, taṃ mayā bhagavato kattabbaṃ kiccaṃ ānando karoti, ahaṃ ānandaṃ nissāya appossukko viharituṃ labhāmī’’ti āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ativiya mamāyati, sopi manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā ānandattherasseva detīti sabbaṃ purimasadisameva . Evaṃ guṇabahumānena mamāyanto tadā uppannampi taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo hotīti veditabbo.
“世尊,第九日或第十日”:此处若有人问:“长老如何得知?”由多种原因得知。据说,舍利弗长老前往乡间游行时,必定向阿难长老告辞后才起程,并说:“我将于若干时日后回来,此期间,对世尊的侍奉切勿懈怠。”若未能当面告辞,也会派遣比丘代为传话后才离去。若在他处安居,则对先来的比丘们这样传言:“以我之名,头面礼世尊之足,并请问阿难长老少病少恼,说我将于某日回来。”而且他总是在所预告的日期返回。此外,具寿阿难也由推测而知:“具寿舍利弗忍受与世尊的别离,已安住这么多天;从今以后,必定不会超过某日,他一定会回来。”因为智慧愈广大的人,对世尊的爱敬也愈深,依此道理也能得知。如此由多种原因得知。因此说:“世尊,第九日或第十日。”如此说过后,因为这条学处属于制戒罪而非性罪,世尊便依据具寿阿难所说的同样时限,说:“那时,世尊……应持。”若长老曾预告半月或一月,世尊也会允许。显示巴利原文
Navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vāti ettha pana sace bhaveyya ‘‘kathaṃ thero jānātī’’ti? Bahūhi kāraṇehi jānāti. Sāriputtatthero kira janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanto ānandattheraṃ āpucchitvāva pakkamati ‘‘ahaṃ ettakena nāma kālena āgacchissāmi, etthantare bhagavantaṃ mā pamajjī’’ti. Sace sammukhā na āpucchati, bhikkhū pesetvāpi āpucchitvāva gacchati. Sace aññattha vassaṃ vasati, ye paṭhamataraṃ bhikkhū āgacchanti, te evaṃ pahiṇati ‘‘mama vacanena bhagavato ca pāde sirasā vandatha, ānandassa ca ārogyaṃ vatvā maṃ ‘asukadivase nāma āgamissatī’ti vadathā’’ti sadā ca yathāparicchinnadivaseyeva eti. Apicāyasmā ānando anumānenapi jānāti ‘‘ettake divase bhagavatā viyogaṃ sahanto adhivāsento āyasmā sāriputto vasi, ito dāni paṭṭhāya asukaṃ nāma divasaṃ na atikkamissati addhā āgamissatī’’ti. Yesaṃ yesañhi paññā mahatī tesaṃ tesaṃ bhagavati pemañca gāravo ca mahā hotīti iminā nayenāpi jānāti. Evaṃ bahūhi kāraṇehi jānāti. Tenāha – ‘‘navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte yasmā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ, na lokavajjaṃ; tasmā āyasmatā ānandena vuttasadisameva paricchedaṃ karonto ‘‘atha kho bhagavā…pe… dhāretu’’nti. Sace pana therena addhamāso vā māso vā uddiṭṭho abhavissa, sopi bhagavatā anuññāto assa.
462-3 462-3. “衣已作成时”:指以任何一种完成方式而衣已作成时。然而,因为衣或因制作而完成,或因丢失等而完成,所以在分别句中,仅为了显示其义理,而说“比丘的衣已作……”等。其中,“已作”指以缝纫工作的结束而作成;所谓缝纫工作的结束,就是完成所有需用针做的活计,例如做好系带、纽结、边缘后将针收起。“已失”指被贼等夺去,这也因制作障碍的结束而称为“已作成”。“已坏”指被白蚁等咬坏。“已烧”指被火烧毁。“或衣的期望已断”指“我将于某家得到衣服”这样的期望已经生起,而此期望已断,这也应知因制作障碍的结束而成为“已作成”的状态。显示巴利原文
462-3.Niṭṭhitacīvarasminti yena kenaci niṭṭhānena niṭṭhite cīvarasmiṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ cīvaraṃ karaṇenapi niṭṭhitaṃ hoti, nassanādīhipi tasmāssa padabhājane atthamattameva dassetuṃ bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hotītiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha katanti sūcikammapariyosānena kataṃ, sūcikammapariyosānaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci sūciyā kattabbaṃ pāsapaṭṭagaṇṭhikapaṭṭapariyosānaṃ katvā sūciyā paṭisāmanaṃ. Naṭṭhanti corādīhi haṭaṃ, etampi hi karaṇapalibodhassa niṭṭhitattā niṭṭhitanti vuccati. Vinaṭṭhanti upacikādīhi khāyitaṃ. Daḍḍhanti agginā daḍḍhaṃ. Cīvarāsā vā upacchinnāti ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma kule cīvaraṃ labhissāmī’’ti yā cīvarāsā uppannā hoti, sā vā upacchinnā, etesampi hi karaṇapalibodhasseva niṭṭhitattā niṭṭhitabhāvo veditabbo.
“迦提那已出时”:即迦提那已出之时。由此显示第二种障碍的不存在。然而,迦提那或以八种事之一,或以僧团内部出迦提那而舍出,因此在解释中说“八种事”等。其中:“诸比丘,有八种事为出迦提那:因离去、因作成、因决定、因失坏、因听闻、因期望断绝、因越界、因共出”,此八种事载于《迦提那犍度》。内部出迦提那也载于比丘尼分别中:“尊者僧听!若僧团已到时机,僧团应出迦提那,这是白。尊者僧听!僧团出迦提那;哪位具寿同意出迦提那,请默然;若不同意,请说。迦提那已由僧团所出,僧团同意,故默然,我如此持。”此处应说明的内容,将于其出处解释。若在此处解说,则须引述原文,也须解释义理,即使说了也不易理解,因为说在了不当之处。显示巴利原文
Ubbhatasmiṃ kathineti kathine ca ubbhatasmiṃ. Etena dutiyassa palibodhassa abhāvaṃ dasseti. Taṃ pana kathinaṃ yasmā aṭṭhasu vā mātikāsu ekāya antarubbhārena vā uddharīyati, tenassa niddese ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ mātikāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, mātikā kathinassa ubbhārāya – pakkamanantikā, niṭṭhānantikā, sanniṭṭhānantikā, nāsanantikā, savanantikā, āsāvacchedikā, sīmātikkantikā, sahubbhārā’’ti evaṃ aṭṭha mātikāyo kathinakkhandhake āgatā. Antarubbhāropi ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho; yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho kathinaṃ uddhareyya, esā ñatti. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho; saṅgho kathinaṃ uddharati, yassāyasmato khamati, kathinassa ubbhāro, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Ubbhataṃ saṅghena kathinaṃ, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (pāci. 926) evaṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅge āgato. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ āgataṭṭhāneyeva vaṇṇayissāma. Idha pana vuccamāne pāḷi āharitabbā hoti, atthopi vattabbo. Vuttopi ca na suviññeyyo hoti, aṭṭhāne vuttattāya.
“以十日为限”:即以十日为最大期限,故称“以十日为限”。意指应在此十日为限的时间内持守。在《分别》中,仅为显示义理而说“应保持十日为限的状态”。因为这里的意思是:所谓“以十日为限”,即此十日为限的状态、十日为限的性质,这一段时间,只要不超过,就应当保持。显示巴利原文
Dasāhaparamanti dasa ahāni paramo paricchedo assāti dasāhaparamo, taṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ dhāretabbanti attho. Padabhājane pana atthamattameva dassetuṃ ‘‘dasāhaparamatā dhāretabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘dasāhaparama’’nti ettha yā dasāhaparamatā dasāhaparamabhāvo, ayaṃ ettako kālo yāva nātikkamati tāva dhāretabbanti.
由于不在已决意、已分配(的衣)之列,因此是多余的衣,称为“多余衣”。正因如此,《分别》中称之为“未决意、未分配”。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhitavikappitesu apariyāpannattā atirekaṃ cīvaranti atirekacīvaraṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane vuttaṃ ‘‘anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappita’’nti.
六种衣中的任一种,即:亚麻衣、棉衣、绢衣、毛衣、麻衣、混麻衣。在说明衣的种类之后,为显示尺寸,说道:“适合分配的最下等〔衣〕。”其尺寸为:长两搩手,宽一搩手。对此,有圣典说:“诸比丘,我允许在分配中最下等的衣,长度为善逝八指,宽度为四善逝指。”(《大品》358)显示巴利原文
Channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataranti khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅganti imesaṃ channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ. Etena cīvarassa jātiṃ dassetvā idāni pamāṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti āha. Tassa pamāṇaṃ dīghato dve vidatthiyo, tiriyaṃ vidatthi. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulavitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358).
“令其超越者,舍堕、波逸提”的意思是:令那如前所述的种类和尺寸的衣,超越十日为限的时间,在此期间,若不令其成为非多余衣,则犯舍堕、波逸提,而且那衣成为应舍弃的,同时有波逸提罪。或者,“应舍弃”称为“舍堕”,这是对在前期应作的律仪行为的名称。因为具有应舍弃之物,故称为“舍堕”。是什么?波逸提。令其超越者,有伴随舍堕律仪行为的波逸提,这是此处的意思。在《分别》中,首先为了显示义理的分辨,先设立论母:“令其超越者,为舍堕”,然后说:“在第十一日破晓时,成为舍堕,应舍弃。”再者,为了显示应舍弃给谁以及如何舍弃,说“应舍弃给僧团……”等。其中,“在第十一日破晓时”:此处,衣产生的那一天,其破晓是依附于产生之日的,因此应知,连同衣产生的日子,在第十一日破晓时成为舍堕。即使多件衣捆在一起或包在一起放置,也唯有一罪。若未捆未包,则依物的数目而有诸罪。显示巴利原文
Taṃatikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti taṃ yathāvuttajātippamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ atikkāmayato, etthantare yathā atirekacīvaraṃ na hoti tathā akubbato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, tañca cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti, pācittiyāpatti cassa hotīti attho. Atha vā nissajjanaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, pubbabhāge kattabbassa vinayakammassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Nissaggiyamassa atthīti nissaggiyamicceva. Kintaṃ? Pācittiyaṃ. Taṃ atikkāmayato sanissaggiyavinayakammaṃ pācittiyaṃ hotīti ayamettha attho. Padabhājane pana paṭhamaṃ tāva atthavikappaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissajjitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Puna yassa ca nissajjitabbaṃ, yathā ca nissajjitabbaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saṅghassa vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ekādase aruṇuggamaneti ettha yaṃ divasaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ tassa yo aruṇo, so uppannadivasanissito, tasmā cīvaruppādadivasaena saddhiṃ ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sacepi bahūni ekajjhaṃ bandhitvā vā veṭhetvā vā ṭhapitāni ekāva āpatti. Abaddhāveṭhitesu vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo.
“舍弃后,应发露罪”,如何发露?如《犍度》所说。那里是如何说的?是这样说的:“诸比丘,那位比丘应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,顶礼上座比丘之足,蹲坐合掌,应如是说:‘尊者,我犯如此罪,我发露此罪。’”(《小品》239)在此,若有一件衣,应说“一件舍堕波逸提”;若有两件,说“两件”;若有多件,说“许多件”。在舍弃时,若仅一件衣,可如圣典所说:“尊者,这是我的衣。”若有两件或多件,应说:“尊者,这些是我的衣,已过十日,是应舍弃的,我将这些舍与僧团。”若不能诵圣典,亦可以其他方式说。显示巴利原文
Nissajjitvāāpatti desetabbāti kathaṃ desetabbā? Yathā khandhake vuttaṃ, kathañca tattha vuttaṃ? Evaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemī’’’ti (cūḷava. 239). Idha pana sace ekaṃ cīvaraṃ hoti ‘‘ekaṃ nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vattabbaṃ. Sace dve, ‘‘dve’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace bahūni ‘‘sambahulānī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Nissajjanepi sace ekaṃ yathāpāḷimeva ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, cīvara’’nti vattabbaṃ. Sace dve vā bahūni vā, ‘‘imāni me, bhante, cīvarāni dasāhātikkantāni nissaggiyāni, imānāhaṃ saṅghassa nissajjāmī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Pāḷiṃ vattuṃ asakkontena aññathāpi vattabbaṃ.
应由一位能干、胜任的比丘接受罪过——应依照《犍度》中所说的方法接受。正如那里所说:“应由一位能干、胜任的比丘告知僧团:”显示巴利原文
Byattenabhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbāti khandhake vuttanayeneva paṭiggahetabbā. Evañhi tattha vuttaṃ – ‘‘byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
“尊者们,请僧团听我说:这位名为某某的比丘,忆念罪过、显露罪过、公开罪过、发露罪过。若僧团时机恰当,我将接受这位某某比丘的罪过。”显示巴利原文
‘Suṇātu me bhante saṅgho, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya’nti.
随后应对他说:“你看见了吗?”他答:“是的,我看见。”“未来应当防护。”(《小品》239)若是两人或多人,应知语句的差别依前述方式。显示巴利原文
Tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti? ‘Āma, passāmī’ti. Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti (cūḷava. 239). Dvīsu pana sambahulāsu vā purimanayeneva vacanabhedo ñātabbo.
施衣时,也应依事辨别语句的差异,例如:“僧团受持此衣、这些衣”。对于向僧团、向众人、向个人舍出的情形,也是如此的道理。显示巴利原文
Cīvaradānepi ‘‘saṅgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ imāni cīvarānī’’ti vatthuvasena vacanabhedo veditabbo. Gaṇassa ca puggalassa ca nissajjanepi eseva nayo.
至于发露罪与接受发露,此处的律文是:“诸比丘,那位比丘应至众多比丘处,偏袒上衣,顶礼上座比丘们的双足,蹲坐,合掌,应如此说:‘尊者,我犯了某某罪,我发露此罪。’接着应由一位贤能、有能力的比丘告知那些比丘:”显示巴利原文
Āpattidesanāpaṭiggahaṇesu panettha ayaṃ pāḷi – ‘‘tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sambahule bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭidesemī’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –
“诸尊者,请听我说:这位名为某某的比丘,能忆念罪、开显罪、公开罪、发露罪。若各位尊者认为时机适宜,我便接受这位名为某某比丘的罪(的发露)。”显示巴利原文
‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti. Yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya’nti.
然后应对他说:“你见到了吗?”答:“是的,我见到了。”“你今后应当防护。”显示巴利原文
Tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti? ‘Āma, passāmī’ti. ‘Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’ti.
那位比丘应前往一位比丘处,偏袒上衣,蹲踞而坐,合掌,并这样对他说:“贤友,我犯了某罪,我发露此罪。”之后应对他说:“你见到了吗?”答:“是的,我见到了。”“你今后应当防护。”(《小品》239)其中,罪的名称取用及语句差别,应依前述方式了知。显示巴利原文
Tena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭidesemī’ti. Tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti, āma passāmīti āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti (cūḷava. 239). Tattha purimanayeneva āpattiyā nāmaggahaṇaṃ vacanabhedo ca veditabbo.
正如在僧团中舍罪的巴利文,同样应知两人舍罪的巴利文。因为若有差别,便会如“诸比丘,我允许三人举行清净布萨。诸比丘,应如此行:由一位有能力、胜任的比丘告知那些比丘”等方式宣说三人清净布萨之后,又依“诸比丘,我允许两人举行清净布萨。诸比丘,应如此行:由上座比丘偏袒一肩”等方式(《大品》168),单独宣说两人清净布萨那样。同样,若此处有差别,也会单独宣说巴利文;但因无差别,故略而不说,此处即以对僧团所说的巴利文为准。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca gaṇassa nissajjane evaṃ dvinnaṃ nissajjanepi pāḷi veditabbā. Yadi hi viseso bhaveyya, yatheva ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā’’tiādinā nayena ‘‘tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātu’’nti vatvā puna ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅga’’ntiādinā (mahāva. 168) nayena visuṃyeva dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposatho vutto, evamidhāpi visuṃ pāḷiṃ vadeyya, yasmā pana natthi, tasmā avatvā gatoti, gaṇassa vuttā pāḷiyevettha pāḷi.
然而,在受罪方面,有这样一个差别:如同在僧团中舍弃后,陈述罪过时,受罪的比丘须提出动议;同样,在此不提出动议,由两人中的任何一人,如同单独一人受罪那样接受罪过。因为对两人而言,并没有所谓“提出动议”这回事;如果有,那么两人的清净布萨就不会被单独宣说了。显示巴利原文
Āpattipaṭiggahaṇe pana ayaṃ viseso, yathā gaṇassa nissajjitvā āpattiyā desiyamānāya āpattipaṭiggāhako bhikkhu ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, evaṃ aṭṭhapetvā dvīsu aññatarena yathā ekapuggalo paṭiggaṇhāti, evaṃ āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. Dvinnañhi ñattiṭṭhapanā nāma natthi, yadi siyā dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ visuṃ na vadeyya.
在施与已舍之衣时,如同一个人说“我把此衣给与尊者”,那么说“我们把此衣给与尊者”也是合适的。因为比这更重大的、需经白二甘马之事,也有说“应征询后而行”的,对此而言,这是随顺的。然而,已舍弃之衣必须给予,不能不给予,因为这仅是律仪行事。并非通过那样说,衣就已成为施与僧团、僧群或个人的了。显示巴利原文
Nissaṭṭhacīvaradānepi yathā ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dammī’’ti eko vadati, evaṃ ‘‘imaṃ mayaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato demā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Ito garukatarāni hi ñattidutiyakammānipi ‘‘apaloketvā kātabbānī’’ti vuttāni atthi, tesaṃ etaṃ anulomaṃ nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ pana dātabbameva adātuṃ na labbhati, vinayakammamattañhetaṃ. Na taṃ tena saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā dinnameva hotīti.
468 468.“超过十日且有过期想”:当衣服超过十日时,有“此衣已超过”的想;或当十日已过时,有“十日已过”的想。这是应舍弃的波逸提。在此,想并不能免除罪责。即使作如此想,那件衣也须舍弃,并犯波逸提罪。“连同应舍弃的出罪法”或“波逸提”,两种释义皆通。此理适用于一切处。显示巴利原文
468.Dasāhātikkante atikkantasaññīti dasāhaṃ atikkante cīvare ‘‘atikkantaṃ ida’’nti evaṃsaññī, dasāhe vā atikkante ‘‘atikkanto dasāho’’ti evaṃsaññī. Nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti na idha saññā rakkhati. Yopi evaṃsaññī, tassapi taṃ cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyāpatti ca. Sanissaggiyavinayakammaṃ vā pācittiyanti ubhopi atthavikappā yujjanti. Esa nayo sabbattha.
“未舍而作已舍想”:指对未曾施与他人、未曾舍弃之物,生起‘此已被我舍弃’的想法。显示巴利原文
Avissajjitevissajjitasaññīti kassaci adinne apariccatte ‘‘pariccattaṃ mayā’’ti evaṃsaññī.
“未失而作已失想”:指自己的衣服与众多他人的衣服同放一处,被贼偷走的情况。在此情形中,自己的衣服并未失去,却生起‘已失’想。这一道理也同样适用于‘未坏’而生‘已坏’想等类似情形。显示巴利原文
Anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññīti attano cīvarena saddhiṃ bahūni aññesaṃ cīvarāni ekato ṭhapitāni corā haranti. Tatresa attano cīvare anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī hoti. Esa nayo avinaṭṭhādīsupi.
“未掠夺”:此处应理解为,并非以破门而入、强行夺取的方式而遭受掠夺。显示巴利原文
Avilutteti ettha pana gabbhaṃ bhinditvā pasayhāvahāravasena avilutteti veditabbaṃ.
“未舍弃而使用,犯恶作”:穿过一次或披过一次后,若不从身上脱下,即使整日游走,也唯犯一罪。若脱下又穿上,或脱下又披上,每一次动作皆犯恶作。整理穿着不整或披覆不整的衣,无罪。他人使用该衣,亦无罪。此处,“无罪:受用他人所作[衣]”(《波罗夷》570)等文,可作为佐证。于未过期而起过期想者,及疑惑者,就使用而说的恶作,是约使用而言的。显示巴利原文
Anissajjitvā paribhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti sakiṃ nivatthaṃ vā sakiṃ pārutaṃ vā kāyato amocetvā divasampi vicarati, ekāva āpatti. Mocetvā mocetvā nivāseti vā pārupati vā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā saṇṭhapentassa anāpatti. Aññassa taṃ paribhuñjatopi anāpatti, ‘‘anāpatti aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatī’’ti (pārā. 570) ādivacanañcettha sādhakaṃ. Anatikkante atikkantasaññino vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ paribhogaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
469 469.“无罪:于十日内决意,或作净施”:在此应知可决意之物与可净施之物。关于此,相应巴利文如下——那时,比丘们心生此念:“世尊所开许的这些,所谓‘三衣’、‘雨浴衣’、‘坐具’、‘敷具’、‘覆疮衣’、‘擦面巾’或‘杂用布’,这一切究竟是应当决意呢,还是应当作净施呢?”他们便将此事禀告世尊。显示巴利原文
469.‘‘Anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī’’ti ettha pana adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ vikappanupagañca veditabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘yāni tāni bhagavatā anuññātāni ‘ticīvara’nti vā ‘vassikasāṭikā’ti vā ‘nisīdana’nti vā ‘paccattharaṇa’nti vā ‘kaṇḍuppaṭicchādī’ti vā mukhapuñchanacoḷakanti vā parikkhāracoḷanti vā sabbāni tāni adhiṭṭhātabbānīti nu kho udāhu vikappetabbānī’’ti, bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ –
“诸比丘,我开许三衣决意,不得作净施;雨浴衣于雨季四月内决意,此后可作净施;坐具决意,不得作净施;敷具决意,不得作净施;覆疮衣于病中期间决意,此后可作净施;擦面巾决意,不得作净施;杂用布决意,不得作净施。”(《大品》358)显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; paccattharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāvaābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358).
其中,‘三衣’在决意时,应当染色并点上坏色点后,仅决意尺寸适宜者。其尺寸:若按上等标准,小于善逝衣是允许的;若按下等标准,僧伽梨和郁多罗僧的长度为五拳、宽度为三拳,是允许的。安陀会的长度为五拳、宽度二肘,也是允许的,因为如此披着,也能遮盖肚脐。然而,超过或不足所述尺寸者,应作为‘杂用布’来决意。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha ticīvaraṃ’’ adhiṭṭhahantena rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā pamāṇayuttameva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tassa pamāṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena sugatacīvarato ūnakaṃ vaṭṭati, lāmakaparicchedena saṅghāṭiyā uttarāsaṅgassa ca dīghato muṭṭhipañcakaṃ tiriyaṃ muṭṭhittikaṃ pamāṇaṃ vaṭṭati. Antaravāsako dīghato muṭṭhipañcako tiriyaṃ dvihatthopi vaṭṭati. Pārupaṇenapi hi sakkā nābhiṃ paṭicchādetunti. Vuttappamāṇato pana atirekaṃ ūnakañca parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ.
其中,因为提到“对于衣的两种决意——以身决意,或以语决意”(《附随》322),所以对于旧僧伽梨,应说“我舍此僧伽梨”而舍去,然后手持新僧伽梨,以心作意“我决意此僧伽梨”,并作出身表,以身决意。这便是以身决意。凡不以任何身体部分接触者,此决意不成立。至于以语决意,则应发出言语,以语决意。其中有两种情况:如果在手边,应发出言语“我决意此僧伽梨”;如果是在内室、楼上或邻近的寺院,应先确定其放置之处,然后发出言语“我决意那件僧伽梨”。此方法同样适用于上衣和下衣,区别仅在于名称。因此,所有衣都应以其各自的名称——僧伽梨、上衣、下衣——来决意。如果决意后,用放置的布料制作僧伽梨等,在染色和作净完成后,应说“我舍此”而舍去,再重新决意。与已决意的衣缝合更大的第二块布或补丁时,也必须重新决意。与相同大小或更小的布缝合,则无需决意之事。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā ‘‘dve cīvarassa adhiṭṭhānā – kāyena vā adhiṭṭheti, vācāya vā adhiṭṭhetī’’ti (pari. 322) vuttaṃ, tasmā purāṇasaṅghāṭiṃ ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti paccuddharitvā navaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ hatthena gahetvā ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti cittena ābhogaṃ katvā kāyavikāraṃ karontena kāyena adhiṭṭhātabbā. Idaṃ kāyena adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena aphusantassa na vaṭṭati. Vācāya adhiṭṭhāne pana vacībhedaṃ katvā vācāya adhiṭṭhātabbā. Tatra duvidhaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ – sace hatthapāse hoti ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā. Atha antogabbhe vā uparipāsāde vā sāmantavihāre vā hoti ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘etaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā. Esa nayo uttarāsaṅge antaravāsake ca. Nāmamattameva hi viseso. Tasmā sabbāni saṅghāṭiṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ antaravāsakanti evaṃ attano nāmeneva adhiṭṭhātabbāni. Sace adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehi saṅghāṭiādīni karoti, niṭṭhite rajane ca kappe ca imaṃ ‘‘paccuddharāmī’’ti paccuddharitvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbāni. Adhiṭṭhitena pana saddhiṃ mahantatarameva dutiyapaṭṭaṃ vā khaṇḍaṃ vā saṃsibbantena puna adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Same vā khuddake vā adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi.
那么,三衣能否决意为随众衣具呢?据说大莲花长老说:“三衣只能决意为三衣。如果允许决意为随众衣具,那么《无住处学处》中的开许就变得毫无意义了。”据说,如此说后,其余比丘说:“随众衣具也是世尊所说应当决意的,因此是可以的。”《大护持》中也说:“所谓随众衣具,是一种单独存放的方式,因此将三衣决意为随众衣具而受用,是可以的。然而在《无住处学处》中,则说明了决意三衣而持守者的开许。”据说持诵《两分别》的普那瓦利迦住者大提舍长老也说:“我们从前听闻大长老们说,住林野的比丘将衣放在树洞等处后,便去进行精勤修行。当他们去邻近寺院听法时,日出后沙弥或年少比丘会带着他们的钵和衣前去,因此为了受用方便,将三衣决意为随众衣具是可以的。”《大护持》中也说:“从前住林野的比丘们,因为在无结界处难以持守,便将三衣决意为随众衣具而受用。”显示巴利原文
Ticīvaraṃ pana parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati na vaṭṭatīti? Mahāpadumatthero kirāha – ‘‘ticīvaraṃ ticīvarameva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Sace parikkhāracoḷādhiṭṭhānaṃ labheyya udositasikkhāpade parihāro niratthako bhaveyyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte kira avasesā bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘parikkhāracoḷampi bhagavatāva adhiṭṭhātabbanti vuttaṃ, tasmā vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpaccariyampi vuttaṃ ‘‘parikkhāracoḷaṃ nāma pāṭekkaṃ nidhānamukhametanti ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Udositasikkhāpade pana ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pariharantassa parihāro vutto’’ti. Ubhatovibhaṅgabhāṇako puṇṇavālikavāsī mahātissattheropi kira āha – ‘‘mayaṃ pubbe mahātherānaṃ assumha, araññavāsino bhikkhū rukkhasusirādīsu cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā padhānaṃ padahanatthāya gacchanti. Sāmantavihāre dhammasavanatthāya gatānañca nesaṃ sūriye uṭṭhite sāmaṇerā vā daharabhikkhū vā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā gacchanti, tasmā sukhaparibhogatthaṃ ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpaccariyampi vuttaṃ pubbe āraññikā bhikkhū abaddhasīmāyaṃ dupparihāranti ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷameva adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjiṃsū’’ti.
“雨浴衣”——取名为“不过量”,依前述方法,在四个月的雨季期间决意,此后应舍去并作净。即使仅染了不同颜色,此衣也是可以的。但两件则不可。“坐具”——依前述方法决意,且须符合尺寸,仅一件,两件不可。“敷具”也应决意,大的可以,一件可以,多件也可以。蓝色、黄色、有花叶纹、有花朵纹等,所有种类都可以。一旦决意,即保持决意状态。“痒疮覆布”——只要病患存在,就应按尺寸决意。病患痊愈后,应舍去并作净,仅一件可以。“擦面布”应决意,当一件在清洗时,另一件可供使用,因此两件是可以的。然而其他长老说:“这是一种存放方式,多件也可以。”随众衣具没有数量限制,想要多少就决意多少。袋和滤水器,若达到可作净的最小衣量,也应决意为“随众衣具”。将多件合在一起,决意为“我决意这些衣为随众衣具”也是可以的。为医药、劳作、父母等用途而存放者,也应决意。然而《大护持》中说“无犯”。对于床垫、椅垫、枕头、披毯、毛毯等,以及为坐卧具资具而施的敷物,则无需决意之事。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vassikasāṭikā’’ anatirittappamāṇā nāmaṃ gahetvā vuttanayeneva cattāro vassike māse adhiṭṭhātabbā, tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā. Vaṇṇabhedamattarattāpi cesā vaṭṭati. Dve pana na vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Nisīdanaṃ’’ vuttanayena adhiṭṭhātabbameva, tañca kho pamāṇayuttaṃ ekameva, dve na vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Paccattharaṇa’’mpi adhiṭṭhātabbameva, taṃ pana mahantampi vaṭṭati, ekampi vaṭṭati, bahūnipi vaṭṭanti. Nīlampi pītakampi sadasampi pupphadasampīti sabbappakāraṃ vaṭṭati. Sakiṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhitameva hoti. ‘‘Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi’’ yāva ābādho atthi, tāva pamāṇikā adhiṭṭhātabbā. Ābādhe vūpasante paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā, ekāva vaṭṭati . ‘‘Mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ’’ adhiṭṭhātabbameva, yāva ekaṃ dhoviyati, tāva aññaṃ paribhogatthāya icchitabbanti dve vaṭṭanti. Apare pana therā ‘‘nidhānamukhametaṃ bahūnipi vaṭṭantī’’ti vadanti. Parikkhāracoḷe gaṇanā natthi, yattakaṃ icchati tattakaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Thavikāpi parissāvanampi vikappanupagaṃ pacchimacīvarappamāṇaṃ ‘‘parikkhāracoḷaka’’nti adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Bahūni ekato katvā ‘‘imāni cīvarāni parikkhāracoḷāni adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭatiyeva. Bhesajjanavakammamātāpituādīnaṃ atthāya ṭhapentenapi adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mañcabhisi pīṭhakabhisi bimbohanaṃ pāvāro kojavoti etesu pana senāsanaparikkhāratthāya dinnapaccattharaṇe ca adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthiyeva.
那么,在使用已决意衣时,决意如何舍去?通过施与他人、被强夺、以亲厚想取用、还俗、舍戒、命终、变性别、舍出、出现破洞——以此九种因缘而舍去。其中,前八种使所有衣舍去决意,而出现破洞则唯独使三衣舍去决意,这在所有注释书中都有说明,且是指以指甲盖大小的破洞。此处指甲盖大小应依小指指甲来理解,且破洞必须是穿透的破洞。若破洞内尚有一根线未断,则仍护持决意。其中,僧伽帝和郁多罗僧,在长边一搩手量、横边八指量区域以内的破洞会破坏决意,超出此区域则不破坏。安陀会则在长边一搩手量、横边四指量区域以内的破洞破坏决意,超出则不破坏。因此,当出现破洞时,该衣即处于额外衣的状态,应缝补后重新决意。然而,大须摩长老说:‘标准量的衣,任何地方的破洞都破坏决意;大件衣则在标准量区域外的破洞不破坏决意,区域内产生的破洞则破坏。’迦罗毗迦帝须长老说:‘小或大并非标准,穿着两件衣时,在左手叠放处出现的破洞不破坏决意,在其下方则破坏。安陀会也是如此,作褶时在叠合处的破洞不破坏,从此以下则破坏。’但在安达卡注释书中,以三衣中大须摩长老的主张为标准,进一步说:‘最下量护持决意。’对于资具布,长边以善逝指八指、横边四指,任何地方的破洞都舍去决意。大块布上超出此量的破洞不舍去决意。此理适用于所有应决意的衣。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhitacīvaraṃ pana paribhuñjato kathaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti? Aññassa dānena, acchinditvā gahaṇena, vissāsaggāhena, hīnāyāvattanena, sikkhāpaccakkhānena , kālaṃkiriyāya, liṅgaparivattanena, paccuddharaṇena, chiddabhāvenāti imehi navahi kāraṇehi vijahati. Tattha purimehi aṭṭhahi sabbacīvarāni adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahanti, chiddabhāvena pana ticīvarasseva sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ vuttaṃ, tañca nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇena chiddena. Tattha nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇaṃ kaniṭṭhaṅgulinakhavasena veditabbaṃ, chiddañca vinibbiddhachiddameva. Chiddassa hi abbhantare ekatantu cepi acchinno hoti, rakkhati. Tattha saṅghāṭiyā ca uttarāsaṅgassa ca dīghantato vidatthippamāṇassa tiriyantato aṭṭhaṅgulappamāṇassa padesassa orato chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, parato na bhindati. Antaravāsakassa pana dīghantato vidatthippamāṇasseva tiriyantato caturaṅgulappamāṇassa padesassa orato chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, parato na bhindati. Tasmā jāte chidde taṃ cīvaraṃ atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, sūcikammaṃ katvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāsumatthero panāha – ‘‘pamāṇacīvarassa yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, mahantassa pana pamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindati, antojātaṃ bhindatī’’ti. Karavīkatissatthero āha – ‘‘khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ na pamāṇaṃ, dve cīvarāni pārupantassa vāmahatthe saṅgharitvā ṭhapitaṭṭhāne chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindati, orabhāge bhindati. Antaravāsakassapi ovaṭṭikaṃ karontena saṅgharitaṭṭhāne chiddaṃ na bhindati, tato oraṃ bhindatī’’ti. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ticīvare mahāsumattheravādaṃ pamāṇaṃ katvā uttarimpi idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘pacchimappamāṇaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ rakkhatī’’ti. Parikkhāracoḷe dīghaso aṭṭhaṅgule sugataṅgulena tiriyaṃ caturaṅgule yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati. Mahante coḷe tato parena chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati. Esa nayo sabbesu adhiṭṭhātabbakesu cīvaresū’’ti.
其中,因为所有应决意衣的最下量,除了可作净的最下量之外,并没有其他所谓的最下量。凡为坐具、痒疮覆布、雨浴衣所规定的量,那是上等量,由于超过此量被禁止,故不是最下量;低于此量则未被禁止。三衣的不足善逝衣量,也只是上等量。而最下量在经中并未单独说明。擦面巾、敷布、资具布根本没有上等量的限定。但通过可作净的最下量,说明了最下量的界限。因此,在安达卡注释书中,先说‘最下量护持决意’,然后仅对资具布以善逝指显示了八指、四指的最下量,而对于其他三衣等,则依拳量等差别的最下量,说‘此理适用于所有应决意的衣’,这并不合理。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā sabbesampi adhiṭṭhātabbakacīvarānaṃ vikappanupagapacchimappamāṇato aññaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ nāma natthi, yañhi nisīdana-kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi-vassikasāṭikānaṃ pamāṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ, tato uttari paṭisiddhattā na pacchimaṃ tato heṭṭhā appaṭisiddhattā. Ticīvarassāpi sugatacīvarappamāṇato ūnakattaṃ ukkaṭṭhappamāṇameva. Pacchimaṃ pana visuṃ sutte vuttaṃ natthi. Mukhapuñchanapaccattharaṇaparikkhāracoḷānaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo natthiyeva. Vikappanupagapacchimena pana pacchimaparicchedo vutto. Tasmā yaṃ tāva andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘pacchimappamāṇaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ rakkhatī’’ti vatvā tattha parikkhāracoḷasseva sugataṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulacaturaṅgulapacchimappamāṇaṃ dassetvā itaresaṃ ticīvarādīnaṃ muṭṭhipañcakādipabhedaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ sandhāya ‘‘esa nayo sabbesu adhiṭṭhātabbakesucīvaresū’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na sameti.
迦罗毗迦帝须长老的主张也只指出了长边方向的破洞,未指出横边方向,因此该主张未作明确界定。大须摩长老的主张说:‘标准量衣,任何位置的破洞都破坏决意;大件衣则在标准量区域外的破洞不破坏决意。’但未说明‘此即是标准量衣,超出此即是大件衣’。而且,此处所说的三衣等,是以拳量等差别的最下量为准。若超出最下量区域的破洞不破坏决意,那么达到上等量或中等量的衣,超出下等量区域的破洞也应不破坏决意;然而事实并非如此。因此,这一主张也未作明确界定。显示巴利原文
Karavīkatissattheravādepi dīghantatoyeva chiddaṃ dassitaṃ, tiriyantato na dassitaṃ, tasmā so aparicchinno. Mahāsumattheravāde ‘‘pamāṇacīvarassa yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, mahantassa pana pamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ pana na vuttaṃ – ‘‘idaṃ nāma pamāṇacīvaraṃ ito uttari mahantaṃ cīvara’’nti. Apicettha ticīvarādīnaṃ muṭṭhipañcakādibhedaṃ pacchimappamāṇanti adhippetaṃ. Tattha yadi pacchimappamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindeyya, ukkaṭṭhapattassāpi majjhimapattassa vā omakappamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindeyya, na ca na bhindati. Tasmā ayampi vādo aparicchinno.
然而,那最早出现的注释书之说,在此处方为准则。何以故?因其具有明确界定。对于三衣的最下量、破洞尺寸以及破洞出现处的范围,一切注释书都已明确界定而加以说明,所以唯有此说才是标准。确实,此说是随顺世尊意趣而说的。而其他主张中,既无明确界定,前后也不一致。显示巴利原文
Yo panāyaṃ sabbapaṭhamo aṭṭhakathāvādo, ayamevettha pamāṇaṃ. Kasmā? Paricchedasabbhāvato. Ticīvarassa hi pacchimappamāṇañca chiddappamāṇañca chidduppattidesappamāṇañca sabbaaṭṭhakathāsuyeva paricchinditvā vuttaṃ, tasmā sveva vādo pamāṇaṃ. Addhā hi so bhagavato adhippāyaṃ anugantvā vutto. Itaresu pana neva paricchedo atthi, na pubbāparaṃ sametīti.
若先在薄弱处加上补丁,然后再将薄弱处剪去,决意不坏。在翻转边缘时,道理亦同。对于双层衣,若其中一层出现破洞或脱落,决意不坏。将小衣改大,或将大衣改小,决意不坏。若将两端向中间缝合时,先剪断再拼接,则决意坏;若先拼接再剪断,则不坏。即使让洗衣工洗涤后使其变白,决意依然是决意。以上即是‘于十日内决意或作净’中,关于决意的判定。显示巴利原文
Yo pana dubbalaṭṭhāne paṭhamaṃ aggaḷaṃ datvā pacchā dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā apaneti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Maṇḍalaparivattanepi eseva nayo. Dupaṭṭassa ekasmiṃ paṭale chidde vā jāte gaḷite vā adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati, khuddakaṃ cīvaraṃ mahantaṃ karoti, mahantaṃ vā khuddakaṃ karoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Ubho koṭiyo majjhe karonto sace paṭhamaṃ chinditvā pacchā ghaṭeti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhijjati. Atha ghaṭetvā chindati, na bhijjati, rajakehi dhovāpetvā setaṃ kārāpentassāpi adhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānamevāti . Ayaṃ tāva ‘‘antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetī’’ti ettha adhiṭṭhāne vinicchayo.
作净有二种:面前作净与屏处作净。什么是面前作净?了知衣物是一件还是多件、存放或未存放之后,应说:‘这件衣’或‘这些衣’、‘那件衣’或‘那些衣’,‘我为你作净’,这是一种面前作净。至此,可以存放,但不可使用、舍出或决意。若说:‘我的物品、我的这些物品,你使用、或舍出、或随宜处置吧’,如此说即名为出离。从此以后,使用等便成为允许。显示巴利原文
Vikappane pana dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hotīti? Cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’’’ti vā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’ti vattabbaṃ, ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ pana vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhaṃ santakaṃ, mayhaṃ santakāni paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
复次,另有方式:同样地,了知衣物是一件还是多件、存放或未存放之后,在那位比丘面前,说了‘这件衣’或‘这些衣’或‘那件衣’或‘那些衣’之后,从五位同法者中,选取任意一位自己中意者,称其名号,说‘我为帝沙比丘作净施’或‘我为帝沙比丘尼、在学尼、帝沙沙弥、帝沙沙弥尼作净施’,这是另一种当面净施。至此,可以存放,但在使用等方面则一样也不允许。然而,当那位比丘说‘帝沙比丘的所有物……乃至……帝沙沙弥尼的所有物,你使用、或处理、或随宜处置’时,这称为‘出离’。从此以后,使用等便开许了。显示巴利原文
Aparopi nayo – tatheva cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike ‘‘‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’’’ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī’ti vā ‘tissāya bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, tissassa sāmaṇerassa, tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī’’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
如何是不对面净施?同样地,了知衣物的单件与多件状态以及存放与未存放的状态后,说‘这件衣’或‘这些衣’或‘此衣’或‘此诸衣’后,应说‘我给你作净施之用’。对方应问:‘谁是你的朋友或相识?’然后,前者应如前所述方式说‘帝沙比丘……乃至……帝沙沙弥尼’。接着,那位比丘应说‘我给帝沙比丘……乃至……我给帝沙沙弥尼’,这是不对面净施。至此,可以存放,但在使用等方面则一样也不允许。然而,当那位比丘如第二当面净施中所说方式说‘某某的所有物,你使用、或处理、或随宜处置’时,这称为‘出离’。从此以后,使用等也便允许了。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hotīti? Cīvarānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’’’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti? Tato itarena purimanayeneva ‘‘tisso bhikkhūti vā…pe… tissā sāmaṇerī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā ‘‘ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammīti vā…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva ‘‘itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
两种净施有何差别?当面净施,是自己作净施后,由他人撤回;不对面净施,则由他人作净施,再由他人撤回。这便是二者的差别。然而,若受净施者不精通制限,不知如何撤回,则应取该衣,前往一位通达者处,重新作净施后,令其撤回。这称为‘已净施的净施’,是允许的。这是对净施一词的判定。显示巴利原文
Dvinnaṃ vikappanānaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ? Sammukhāvikappanāyaṃ sayaṃ vikappetvā parena paccuddharāpeti . Parammukhāvikappanāya pareneva vikappāpetvā pareneva paccuddharāpeti, idamettha nānākaraṇaṃ. Sace pana yassa vikappeti, so paññattikovido na hoti, na jānāti paccuddharituṃ, taṃ cīvaraṃ gahetvā aññassa byattassa santikaṃ gantvā puna vikappetvā paccuddharāpetabbaṃ. Vikappitavikappanā nāmesā vaṭṭati. Ayaṃ ‘‘vikappetī’’ti imasmiṃ pade vinicchayo.
由于“诸比丘,我允许决意三衣,而不净施”等语,这与笼统所说的“净施”一词看似相违,但如来所说并不相违。因此,应如此理解其义:对于持三衣想而受用三衣者,我只允许决意,不允许净施;而雨浴衣在四个月之后,只允许净施,不允许决意。同样,若有人欲以一件衣离三衣而住,为便利其离衣宿,可撤回三衣决意而行净施。并且,超过十日亦无有罪——当知以此方便,净施于一切处并非被遮止。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’ntiādivacanato ca idaṃ ‘‘vikappetī’’ti avisesena vuttavacanaṃ viruddhaṃ viya dissati, na ca viruddhaṃ tathāgatā bhāsanti. Tasmā evamassa attho veditabbo, ticīvaraṃ ticīvarasaṅkhepeneva pariharato adhiṭṭhātumeva anujānāmi, na vikappetuṃ. Vassikasāṭikaṃ pana cātumāsato paraṃ vikappetumeva na adhiṭṭhātuṃ. Evañca sati yo ticīvare ekena cīvarena vippavasitukāmo hoti, tassa ticīvarādhiṭṭhānaṃ paccuddharitvā vippavāsasukhatthaṃ vikappanāya okāso dinno hoti. Dasāhātikkame ca anāpattīti etenupāyena sabbattha vikappanāya appaṭisiddhabhāvo veditabbo.
“施与”意为给予他人。如何算已施与,如何算已接受?若说“我把这件给你,我施、我赠、我授、我舍、我弃、我施与”,或说“我给某某……乃至……我弃舍”,无论当面或不对面,皆算已施与。若说“你拿吧”,对方说“我拿”,则是善施与、善接受。若说“你作你的所有物吧”“成为你的所有物吧”“你将作你的所有物吧”,对方说“我作我的所有物”“成为我的所有物”“我将作我的所有物”,则是恶施与、恶接受——施者不知如何施,受者不知如何受。然而,若说“你作你的所有物吧”,对方说“善哉,尊者,我拿”,则是善接受。若一方说“你拿吧”,另一方说“我不拿”,前者又说“我已给你了,你拿吧”,后者也说“我不需要这个”。于是,前者以“我已施”想而超过十日,后者以“我已拒绝”想。谁有罪?两者都无罪。若有人乐意,则可决意后使用。显示巴利原文
Vissajjetīti aññassa deti. Kathaṃ pana dinnaṃ hoti, kathaṃ gahitaṃ? ‘‘Imaṃ tuyhaṃ demi dadāmi dajjāmi oṇojemi pariccajāmi nissajjāmi vissajjāmīti vā ‘‘itthannāmassa demi…pe… nissajjāmī’’ti vā vadati, sammukhāpi parammukhāpi dinnaṃyeva hoti. ‘‘Tuyhaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vutte ‘‘mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti vadati, sudinnaṃ suggahitañca. ‘‘Tava santakaṃ karohi, tava santakaṃ hotu, tava santakaṃ karissasī’’ti vutte ‘‘mama santakaṃ karomi, mama santakaṃ hotu, mama santakaṃ karissāmī’’ti vadati, duddinnaṃ duggahitañca. Neva dātā dātuṃ jānāti, na itaro gahetuṃ. Sace pana ‘‘tava santakaṃ karohī’’ti vutte ‘‘sādhu, bhante, mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘eko gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, itaro ‘‘na gaṇhāmī’’ti puna so ‘‘dinnaṃ mayā tuyhaṃ, gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, itaropi ‘‘na mayhaṃ iminā attho’’ti vadati. Tato purimopi ‘‘mayā dinna’’nti dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, pacchimopi ‘‘mayā paṭikkhitta’’nti. Kassa āpattīti? Na kassaci āpatti. Yassa pana ruccati, tena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
若有人对决意心有疑惑,该如何行持?应当表明疑惑,说:‘若尚未决意,如此对我来说是如法的’,再依前述方式舍弃。因为如实表明疑惑后再行持戒律之业,即非妄语。然而,有一些人说:‘可由一位比丘以亲厚想取用后,再行施与’,这并不合理,因为那并非他依戒律所应作之业,也不会仅凭那样就成为另一物品。显示巴利原文
Yo pana adhiṭṭhāne vematiko, tena kiṃ kātabbaṃ? Vematikabhāvaṃ ārocetvā sace anadhiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati, evaṃ me kappiyaṃ hotīti vatvā vuttanayeneva nissajjitabbaṃ. Na hi evaṃ jānāpetvā vinayakammaṃ karontassa musāvādo hoti. Keci pana ‘‘ekena bhikkhunā vissāsaṃ gahetvā puna dinnaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Na hi tassetaṃ vinayakammaṃ, nāpi taṃ ettakena aññaṃ vatthuṃ hoti.
‘遗失’等意义浅显易明。‘若不给与,则犯恶作罪’——在此,若人执持‘这是给我的’之想而不给与,即犯恶作。然而,若明知该物已成为彼所有,却以欺骗手段夺走,则应估量物品价值后予以处罚。显示巴利原文
Nassatītiādi uttānatthameva. Yo na dadeyya āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha ‘‘mayhaṃ dinnaṃ iminā’’ti imāya saññāya na dentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Tassa santakabhāvaṃ pana ñatvā lesena acchindanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabboti.
关于起源等:此学处名为‘咖提那起源’,由身与语、或由身与语及意而生起;因不决意与不净施而违犯,故属非作业;即使无犯想也不得免除,即使不知晓也构成犯,因此并非由想而得解脱;为无心意犯、施设犯、身业、语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma kāyavācāto ca kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, anadhiṭṭhānena ca avikappanena ca āpajjanato akiriyaṃ, saññāya abhāvepi na muccati, ajānantopi āpajjatīti nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 伍多西德学处解释显示巴利原文
2. Udositasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
471 471. 那时,佛陀、世尊——这是《优陀西塔学处》的开头。其中,“santaruttarena”的意思是:antarā指下衣,uttara指上衣,下衣与上衣合在一起称为santaruttara,以那个santaruttara,即身着下衣与上衣。“Kaṇṇakitāni”是指被汗水浸湿之处生起的黑白圈纹。具寿阿难在巡视房舍时看见了:据说,当世尊为了白天的独处禅修而进入香室时,长老便趁此机会,一边规整摆放不当的木器、陶器,一边清扫未打扫之处,并与生病比丘互相问候,当他来到那些比丘的住处时,便看见了这一情形。因此说:“具寿阿难在巡视房舍时看见了”。显示巴利原文
471.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti udositasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha santaruttarenāti antaranti antaravāsako vuccati, uttaranti uttarāsaṅgo, saha antarena uttaraṃ santaruttaraṃ, tena santaruttarena, saha antaravāsakena uttarāsaṅgenāti attho. Kaṇṇakitānīti sedena phuṭṭhokāsesu sañjātakāḷasetamaṇḍalāni. Addasa kho āyasmā ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantoti thero kira bhagavati divā paṭisallānatthāya gandhakuṭiṃ paviṭṭhe taṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā dunnikkhittāni dārubhaṇḍamattikābhaṇḍāni paṭisāmento asammaṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ sammajjanto gilānehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ karonto tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senāsanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto addasa. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘addasa kho āyasmā ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto’’ti.
473 473. “授予不离衣羯磨”的意思是:有关不离衣的羯磨称为不离衣羯磨,或为达成不离衣而作的羯磨称为不离衣羯磨。那么,此中有何利益呢?若比丘以该衣离宿,该衣不成为应舍,罪过亦不生起。持续多长时间呢?大须摩长老首先说:“只要疾病未平息;疾病平息后,则应速回放衣之处。”大莲华长老说:“若速回,疾病可能复发,因此应缓慢返回。从开始寻找交通工具,或作意‘我要走了’之时起,即可。若以‘我现在不走了’而放弃责任,则应收回羯磨,否则那件衣将处于多余之衣的境地。”如果他的疾病复发,应如何处理?触天长老首先说:“若同一种疾病复发,那同一个羯磨依然有效,无需再授予。若是另一种疾病发生,则应再授予羯磨。”优波提舍长老说:“无论是同一种疾病还是另一种疾病,都不需要再授予羯磨。”显示巴利原文
473.Avippavāsasammutiṃ dātunti avippavāse sammuti avippavāsasammuti, avippavāsāya vā sammuti avippavāsasammuti. Ko panettha ānisaṃso? Yena cīvarena vippavasati, taṃ nissaggiyaṃ na hoti, āpattiñca nāpajjati. Kittakaṃ kālaṃ? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – ‘‘yāva rogo na vūpasamati, vūpasante pana roge sīghaṃ cīvaraṭṭhānaṃ āgantabba’’nti . Mahāpadumatthero āha – ‘‘sīghaṃ āgacchato rogo paṭikuppeyya, tasmā saṇikaṃ āgantabbaṃ. Yato paṭṭhāya hi satthaṃ vā pariyesati, ‘gacchāmī’ti ābhogaṃ vā karoti, tato paṭṭhāya vaṭṭati. ‘Na dāni gamissāmī’ti evaṃ pana dhuranikkhepaṃ karontena paccuddharitabbaṃ, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatī’’ti. Sace panassa rogo paṭikuppati, kiṃ kātabbanti? Phussadevatthero tāva āha – ‘‘sace soyeva rogo paṭikuppati, sā eva sammuti, puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthi. Athañño kuppati, puna dātabbā sammutī’’ti. Upatissatthero āha – ‘‘so vā rogo hotu, añño vā puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthī’’ti.
475-6 475-6. “比丘的衣已作成时”:此处不应如前一条学处那样理解,而应以属主的意义来理解具格语,即“比丘的衣已作成时”。因为以具格来说,并没有“比丘应做某事”的意思。而以属主的意义,即“比丘的衣已作成,且咖提那已出时,如此断除障碍的比丘即使只一夜以三衣离宿”,这样的意义才合理。其中,“以三衣”是指在已指定的三衣中,以任何一件。因为即便只离一件衣而宿,也属于以三衣离宿,因为所离之衣正是被禁止所涉及的衣。因此,在它的分别中说“以僧伽梨……”等。“离宿”是指分离而住。显示巴利原文
475-6.Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunāti idha pana purimasikkhāpade viya atthaṃ aggahetvā niṭṭhite cīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunoti evaṃ sāmivasena karaṇavacanassa attho veditabbo. Karaṇavasena hi bhikkhunā idaṃ nāma kātabbanti natthi. Sāmivasena pana bhikkhuno cīvarasmiṃ niṭṭhite kathine ca ubbhate evaṃ chinnapalibodho ekarattampi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyyāti evaṃ attho yujjati. Tattha ticīvarenāti adhiṭṭhitesu tīsu cīvaresu yena kenaci. Ekena vippavutthopi hi ticīvarena vippavuttho hoti, paṭisiddhapariyāpannena vippavutthattā. Tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘saṅghāṭiyā vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Vippavaseyyāti vippayutto vaseyya.
477-8 “同一界内的村庄”等,是为确立不离衣的相状而说。此后,依次详细展开那十五个论题,而说“名为同一界内的村庄”等。其中,“单一家族的村庄”指属于一位国王或一位领主(食主)的村庄。“有围墙”指以任何城墙、篱笆或围墙所围绕。以上显示了单一家族村庄的同一界性。“应住在村内”:在这样的村庄中,放下衣后,可在村内任何适当之处过夜至天明。“无围墙”:以此显示该村庄的多界性。在这样的村庄中,衣放在哪一家,就应住在哪一家。“不应离开手距”:即不应离开那家周围的手距——不应离开两肘半尺的范围以上。在两肘半尺之内则可以住。若超过这个量,即使有神通的比丘在空中过夜至天明,也成舍堕。在此,“哪一家”中的家的界限,应依“是单一家族的住处”等相状来理解。显示巴利原文
477-8.Gāmo ekūpacārotiādi avippavāsalakkhaṇavavatthāpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tato paraṃ yathākkamena tāneva pannarasa mātikāpadāni vitthārento ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ekakulassa gāmoti ekassa rañño vā bhojakassa vā gāmo. Parikkhittoti yena kenaci pākārena vā vatiyā vā parikkhāya vā parikkhitto. Ettāvatā ekakulagāmassa ekūpacāratā dassitā. Antogāme vatthabbanti evarūpe gāme cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā gāmabbhantare yathārucite ṭhāne aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Aparikkhittoti iminā tasseva gāmassa nānūpacāratā dassitā. Evarūpe gāme yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vatthabbaṃ. Hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbanti atha vā taṃ gharaṃ samantato hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ, aḍḍhateyyaratanappamāṇappadesā uddhaṃ na vijahitabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Aḍḍhateyyaratanabbhantare pana vatthuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvā sacepi iddhimā bhikkhū ākāse aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpeti, nissaggiyameva hoti. Ettha ca yasmiṃ ghareti gharaparicchedo ‘‘ekakulassa nivesanaṃ hotī’’tiādinā (pārā. 480) lakkhaṇena veditabbo.
479 “多家族的村庄”指属于多位国王或多位领主(食主)的村庄,如毘舍离、拘尸那罗等。以“有围墙”显示多家族村庄的同一界性。“在会堂或城门处”:这里,“会堂”是通过词性变化而说的会堂;“城门处”指城门的附近。这是说:在这样的村庄中,衣放在哪一家,就应住在哪一家。若因声音嘈杂或人群拥挤而不能住在那儿,则应住在会堂或城门处。若在那里也不能住,则可在任何舒适处住下,但在天明前应回到该会堂或城门处的手距之内,不应离开。此处并没有必须住在放衣的家舍或衣的手距之内的规定。显示巴利原文
479.Nānākulassagāmoti nānārājūnaṃ vā bhojakānaṃ vā gāmo, vesālikusinārādisadiso. Parikkhittoti iminā nānākulagāmassa ekūpacāratā dassitā. Sabhāye vā dvāramūle vāti ettha sabhāyanti liṅgabyattayena sabhā vuttā. Dvāramūleti nagaradvārassa samīpe. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – evarūpe gāme yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vā vatthabbaṃ. Tattha saddasaṅghaṭṭanena vā janasambādhena vā vasituṃ asakkontena sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ nagaradvāramūle vā. Tatrapi vasituṃ asakkontena yattha katthaci phāsukaṭṭhāne vasitvā antoaruṇe āgamma tesaṃyeva sabhāyadvāramūlānaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. Gharassa pana cīvarassa vā hatthapāse vattabbameva natthi.
“前往会堂者将衣放在手距内”:若心想“我不放在家中,而放在会堂”,于是前往会堂。这位前往会堂者,在伸手可及之处,心中念道“我将衣放在这里”,于方便放置的某个店铺中,将衣置于手距范围内。然后依前述方式,应住在会堂或城门处,不应离开手距。显示巴利原文
Sabhāyaṃ gacchantena hatthapāse cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvāti sace ghare aṭṭhapetvā sabhāye ṭhapessāmīti sabhāyaṃ gacchati, tena sabhāyaṃ gacchantena hatthapāseti hatthaṃ pasāretvā ‘‘handimaṃ cīvaraṃ ṭhapemī’’ti evaṃ nikkhepasukhe hatthapāsagate kismiñci āpaṇe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā purimanayeneva sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā, hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
对此,裁决如下:花天长老先说:「不必住在袈裟手距之内,无论何处——街巷手距、集会堂手距或城门手距——都可以住。」优波提舍长老却说:「城中有许多门,也有许多集会堂,因此并非处处皆可。只有在放置袈裟的那条街巷,以及正对该街巷的集会堂和城门处,才不可离开那条街巷、那座集会堂与那座城门的手距。如此,方能知晓袈裟的动向。」若前往集会堂时,将袈裟托付给某店主,而他将袈裟带回家中存放,便不再守护街巷手距,应住于该房屋的手距之内。若房屋宽大,横跨两条街巷,则应在屋前或屋后的手距内迎接黎明。若将袈裟存放在集会堂,则应在集会堂内、或在正对该集会堂的城门根处、或在这些地方的手距内迎接黎明。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – phussadevatthero tāva āha – ‘‘cīvarahatthapāse vasitabbaṃ natthi, yattha katthaci vīthihatthapāsepi sabhāyahatthapāsepi dvārahatthapāsepi vasituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Upatissatthero panāha – ‘‘nagarassa bahūnipi dvārāni honti bahūnipi sabhāyāni, tasmā sabbattha na vaṭṭati. Yassā pana vīthiyā cīvaraṃ ṭhapitaṃ yaṃ tassā sammukhaṭṭhāne sabhāyañca dvārañca tassa sabhāyassa ca dvārassa ca hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. Evañhi sati sakkā cīvarassa pavatti jānitu’’nti. Sabhāyaṃ pana gacchantena yassa āpaṇikassa hatthe nikkhittaṃ, sace so taṃ cīvaraṃ atiharitvā ghare nikkhipati, vīthihatthapāso na rakkhati, gharassa hatthapāse vatthabbaṃ. Sace mahantaṃ gharaṃ hoti, dve vīthiyo pharitvā ṭhitaṃ purato vā pacchato vā hatthapāseyeva aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sabhāye nikkhipitvā pana sabhāye vā tassa sammukhe nagaradvāramūle vā tesaṃyeva hatthapāse vā aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ.
「无围墙者」——以此显示该村为多近行处。依此方法,于一切处应知单一近行处与多近行处。在圣典中,以「村名为单一近行处」等为始,以「露天处名为单一近行处」等为终,仅举出一个论母句,再展开句分别。因此,随顺该句,于一切处以围墙等为依,应知单一近行处与多近行处。显示巴利原文
Aparikkhittotiiminā tasseva gāmassa nānūpacāratā dassitā. Etenevupāyena sabbattha ekūpacāratā ca nānūpacāratā ca veditabbā. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro nāmā’’ti evaṃ ādimhi ‘‘ajjhokāso ekūpacāro nāmā’’ti evaṃ ante ca ekameva mātikāpadaṃ uddharitvā padabhājanaṃ vitthāritaṃ. Tasmā tasseva padassānusārena sabbattha parikkhepādivasena ekūpacāratā ca nānūpacāratā ca veditabbā.
480-1 在住宅等处,「内室」是房间的同义词。「或手距」指房间的手距。「或门根处」指众人共用的房屋门根处。「或手距」指房间或房屋门根处的手距。显示巴利原文
480-1.Nivesanādīsuovarakāti gabbhānaṃyevetaṃ pariyāyavacanaṃ. Hatthapāsā vāti gabbhassa hatthapāsā. Dvāramūle vāti sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇe gharadvāramūle. Hatthapāsā vāti gabbhassa vā gharadvāramūlassa vā hatthapāsā.
482-7 「库房」指存放车乘等物品的棚舍。从此以后,其裁决应知与住宅中所说方法相同。「楼堡」指以砖砌成、墙壁厚实、高四层或五层,用于防御敌国等的特殊住所。「殿阁」指以单一屋顶覆盖的四方形宫殿。「宫殿」指长形宫殿。「殿堂」指平顶宫殿。显示巴利原文
482-7.Udositoti yānādīnaṃ bhaṇḍānaṃ sālā. Ito paṭṭhāya ca nivesane vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Aṭṭoti paṭirājādipaṭibāhanatthaṃ iṭṭhakāhi kato bahalabhittiko catupañcabhūmiko patissayaviseso. Māḷoti ekakūṭasaṅgahito caturassapāsādo. Pāsādoti dīghapāsādo. Hammiyanti muṇḍacchadanapāsādo.
489 「七内」——此处一内为二十八肘。若行进中的商队覆盖了村庄或河流而停驻,与已进入者连成一片,横跨两岸而停驻,则只得商队护。若已进入者被村庄或河流所包围,则得村庄护与河流护。若商队越过寺院界而停驻,而袈裟在界内,则应前往寺院而住。若袈裟在界外,则应住在商队近处。若行进中因车坏或牛失而中断,则袈裟在哪一段,便应住在该处。显示巴利原文
489.Sattabbhantarātiettha ekaṃ abbhantaraṃ aṭṭhavīsatihatthaṃ hoti. Sace sattho gacchanto gāmaṃ vā nadiṃ vā pariyādiyitvā tiṭṭhati antopaviṭṭhena saddhiṃ ekābaddho hutvā orañca pārañca pharitvā ṭhito hoti, satthaparihārova labbhati. Atha gāme vā nadiyā vā pariyāpanno hoti antopaviṭṭho , gāmaparihāro ceva nadīparihāro ca labbhati. Sace vihārasīmaṃ atikkamitvā tiṭṭhati, antosīmāya ca cīvaraṃ hoti, vihāraṃ gantvā vasitabbaṃ. Sace bahisīmāya cīvaraṃ hoti satthasamīpeyeva vasitabbaṃ. Sace gacchanto sakaṭe vā bhagge goṇe vā naṭṭhe antarā chijjati, yasmiṃ koṭṭhāse cīvaraṃ tattha vasitabbaṃ.
490 在单一家的田地中,手距即指衣手距;在多个家的田地中,手距指田地门口的手距。在无围墙处,手距即依袈裟本身而定的手距。显示巴利原文
490. Ekakulassa khette hatthapāso nāma cīvarahatthapāsoyeva, nānākulassa khette hatthapāso nāma khettadvārassa hatthapāso. Aparikkhitte cīvarasseva hatthapāso.
491-4 「谷场」指的是打谷场。「园」指花园或果园。这两处田地中,裁决方式与前文所述相同。寺院与住宅相似。「在树下」指在树荫之内,即被树荫覆盖的区域。若将袈裟放在枝叶稀疏的树被阳光照到处,即成应舍;因此应放在那种树的枝叶阴影或树干阴影之中。若放在树枝或枝丛上,则应放在上方其他枝叶阴影所覆盖的区域之内。弯曲树的阴影延伸很远,放在其阴影所及之处即可。此处的手距也是衣手距。显示巴利原文
491-4.Dhaññakaraṇanti khalaṃ vuccati. Ārāmoti pupphārāmo vā phalārāmo vā. Dvīsupi khette vuttasadisova vinicchayo. Vihāro nivesanasadiso. Rukkhamūle antochāyāyanti chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsassa anto eva. Viraḷasākhassa pana rukkhassa ātapena phuṭṭhokāse ṭhapitaṃ nissaggiyameva hoti, tasmā tādisassa sākhācchāyāya vā khandhacchāyāya vā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace sākhāya vā viṭape vā ṭhapeti, upari aññasākhācchāyāya phuṭṭhokāseyeva ṭhapetabbaṃ. Khujjarukkhassa chāyā dūraṃ gacchati, chāyāya gataṭṭhāne ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Idhāpi hatthapāso cīvarahatthapāsoyeva.
「无村旷野」——所谓的无村旷野,指在毗阇耶林等密林,或大海中央渔人无路可至的小岛上所获得的处所。「周围七内」——对于坐在中央的人而言,四周各方的距离均为七内,直径则为十四内。坐在中央者,能够守护放在东方或西方边界上的袈裟。然而,若黎明生起时,即使向东方移动一丝毫,西方之衣便成应舍;反之亦然。在布萨时,应从坐在众会边界的比丘开始,清理出七内之界。比丘僧团增加多少,界便随之增加多少。显示巴利原文
Agāmake araññeti agāmakaṃ nāma araññaṃ viñjhāṭavīādīsu vā samuddamajjhe vā macchabandhānaṃ agamanapathe dīpakesu labbhati. Samantā sattabbhantarāti majjhe ṭhitassa samattā sabbadisāsu sattabbhantarā, vinibbedhena cuddasa honti. Majjhe nisinno puratthimāya vā pacchimāya vā disāya pariyante ṭhapitacīvaraṃ rakkhati. Sace pana aruṇuggamanasamaye kesaggamattampi puratthimaṃ disaṃ gacchati, pacchimāya disāya cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Esa nayo itarasmiṃ. Uposathakāle pana parisapariyante nisinnabhikkhuto paṭṭhāya sattabbhantarasīmā sodhetabbā. Yattakaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho vaḍḍhati, sīmāpi tattakaṃ vaḍḍhati.
495 未舍出而受用者,犯恶作。此处:若有一位精勤比丘,整夜用功之后,于清晨时分心想「我要沐浴」,便将三衣放在岸边,下河沐浴。当他正在沐浴时,天亮了——此时应如何处理?若他上岸后穿上衣,则因受用尚未舍出的应舍衣而犯恶作。若他裸身而行,是否也犯恶作?不犯。因为在他见到其他比丘并作羯磨之前,那些衣不适合受用,处于如同失衣的状态;而失衣者,并无所谓不净。因此,应穿一件,手持两件,回到住处后作羯磨。若住处遥远,途中又有行人往来,则应穿一件,披一件,将另一件放在肩上而行。若在住处未见到同分比丘,他们都去乞食了,则应将僧伽帝放在村外,穿着内衣和上衣进入集会堂作羯磨。若村外有盗贼之险,则应披着僧伽帝而去。若集会堂拥挤、人群聚集,无法在一边将衣移开以便作羯磨,则应带一位比丘到村外,作羯磨之后,方可受用这些衣。显示巴利原文
495.Anissajjitvā paribhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha sace padhāniko bhikkhu sabbarattiṃ padhānamanuyuñjitvā paccusasamaye ‘‘nhāyissāmī’’ti tīṇipi cīvarāni tīre ṭhapetvā nadiṃ otarati, nhāyantasseva cassa aruṇaṃ uṭṭhahati, kiṃ kātabbaṃ. So hi yadi uttaritvā cīvaraṃ nivāseti, nissaggiyacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Atha naggo gacchati, evampi dukkaṭaṃ āpajjatīti? Na āpajjati. So hi yāva aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā vinayakammaṃ na karoti, tāva tesaṃ cīvarānaṃ aparibhogārahattā naṭṭhacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhito hoti. Naṭṭhacīvarassa ca akappiyaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā ekaṃ nivāsetvā dve hatthena gahetvā vihāraṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace dūre vihāro hoti, antarāmagge manussā sañcaranti. Ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ekaṃ aṃsakūṭe ṭhapetvā gantabbaṃ. Sace vihāre sabhāgabhikkhū na passati, bhikkhācāraṃ gatā honti, saṅghāṭiṃ bahigāme ṭhapetvā santaruttarena āsanasālaṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace bahigāme corabhayaṃ hoti, pārupitvā gantabbaṃ. Sace āsanasālā sambādhā hoti janākiṇṇā, na sakkā ekamante cīvaraṃ apanetvā vinayakammaṃ kātuṃ, ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya bahigāmaṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ katvā cīvarāni paribhuñjitabbāni.
若比丘们将钵与衣交付沙弥手中,正行路途中,于后夜分想躺下休息,应各自将衣放在伸手可及之处后方可躺卧。若在行进途中,沙弥尚未抵达时天已破晓,则衣成为应舍衣,但依止并不废止;长老们在前行,沙弥未到达时,亦同此理。若迷路后在林中相互望不见,亦同此理。然而,若沙弥们说:“尊者,我们稍睡片刻,将于某处赶上您们。”随后一觉睡至天亮,则衣成为应舍衣,且依止亦废止;若长老们遣走沙弥后躺下睡觉,亦同此理。若遇分岔路,长老们说“这是路”,沙弥们说“那是路”,彼此互不相从、分道而行,则在破晓同时,衣成为应舍衣,且依止亦废止。若沙弥们离开道路,心想“我们将在天亮前返回”,为取药进入村庄后再回,于他们尚未到达时便破晓,则衣成为应舍衣,但依止并不废止。然而,若因惧怕母牛或惧怕狗而心想“稍停片刻再走”,于是或立或坐,随后继续行,于途中天亮,则衣成为应舍衣,且依止亦废止。若心想“我们将在天亮前回来”而进入界内村庄,于途中天亮,则衣既非应舍衣,依止亦不废止。然而,若说“且等天亮吧”而坐下,即使破晓,衣亦非应舍衣,但是…显示巴利原文
Sace bhikkhū daharānaṃ hatthe pattacīvaraṃ datvā maggaṃ gacchantā pacchime yāme sayitukāmā honti, attano attano cīvaraṃ hatthapāse katvāva sayitabbaṃ. Sace gacchantānaṃyeva asampattesu daharesu aruṇaṃ uggacchati, cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati, daharānampi purato gacchantānaṃ theresu asampattesu eseva nayo. Maggaṃ virajjhitvā araññe aññamaññaṃ apassantesupi eseva nayo. Sace pana daharā ‘‘mayaṃ, bhante, muhuttaṃ sayitvā asukasmiṃ nāma okāse tumhe sampāpuṇissāmā’’ti vatvā yāva aruṇuggamanā sayanti, cīvarañca nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissayo ca paṭippassambhati, dahare uyyojetvā theresu sayantesupi eseva nayo. Dvedhāpathaṃ disvā therā ‘‘ayaṃ maggo’’ daharā ‘‘ayaṃ maggo’’ti vatvā aññamaññassa vacanaṃ aggahetvā gatā, saha aruṇuggamanā cīvarāni ca nissaggiyāni honti , nissayo ca paṭippassambhati. Sace daharā maggato okkamma ‘‘antoaruṇeyeva nivattissāmā’’ti bhesajjatthāya gāmaṃ pavisitvā āgacchanti. Asampattānaṃyeva ca tesaṃ aruṇo uggacchati, cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati. Sace pana dhenubhayena vā sunakhabhayena vā ‘‘muhuttaṃ ṭhatvā gamissāmā’’ti ṭhatvā vā nisīditvā vā gacchanti, antarā aruṇe uggate cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo ca paṭippassambhati. Sace ‘‘antoaruṇeyeva āgamissāmā’’ti antosīmāyaṃ gāmaṃ paviṭṭhānaṃ antarā aruṇo uggacchati, neva cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, na nissayo paṭippassambhati. Sace pana ‘‘vibhāyatu tāvā’’ti nisīdanti, aruṇe uggatepi na cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana paṭippassambhati. Yepi ‘‘antoaruṇeyeva āgamissāmā’’ti sāmantavihāraṃ dhammasavanatthāya saussāhā gacchanti, antarāmaggeyeva ca nesaṃ aruṇo uggacchati, cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati. Sace dhammagāravena ‘‘yāva pariyosānaṃ sutvāva gamissāmā’’ti nisīdanti, saha aruṇassuggamanā cīvarānipi nissaggiyāni honti, nissayopi paṭippassambhati. Therena daharaṃ cīvaradhovanatthāya gāmakaṃ pesentena attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvāva dātabbaṃ. Daharassāpi cīvaraṃ paccuddharāpetvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace assatiyā gacchati, attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā daharassa cīvaraṃ vissāsena gahetvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace thero nassarati, daharo eva sarati, daharena attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā therassa cīvaraṃ vissāsena gahetvā gantvā vattabbo ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjathā’’ti attanopi cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Evaṃ ekassa satiyāpi āpattimokkho hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva .
在等起等方面,第一咖提那学处为不决意、不分别说及不作为,此处则为不舍出,仅有此差别。其余一切处,皆依前述之理。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu paṭhamakathinasikkhāpade anadhiṭṭhānaṃ avikappanañca akiriyaṃ, idha apaccuddharaṇaṃ ayameva viseso. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttanayamevāti.
3. 第三咖提那学处解释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
497 “那时”等,是第三咖提那学处。其中,“撑开后反复擦拭”意指他心想“若褶皱消失,这件衣便会变大”,于是用水浇湿,以脚踩踏,以手撑开、提起,于背上摩擦。此衣在阳光下晒干后,仍是原来的尺寸。他又再次这般操作,因此说“撑开后反复擦拭”。世尊坐于香室中,见他这般辛苦劳作,便走出来,如同巡视房舍般行至该处。因此说“世尊看见”等。显示巴利原文
497.Tena samayenāti tatiyakathinasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjatīti ‘‘valīsu naṭṭhāsu idaṃ mahantaṃ bhavissatī’’ti maññamāno udakena siñcitvā pādehi akkamitvā hatthehi ussāpetvā ukkhipitvā piṭṭhiyaṃ ghaṃsati, taṃ ātape sukkhaṃ paṭhamappamāṇameva hoti. So punapi tathā karoti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjatī’’ti. Taṃ evaṃ kilamantaṃ bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova disvā nikkhamitvā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto viya tattha agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘addasa kho bhagavā’’tiādi.
499-500 “十一个月”:除去后咖提那月,所余十一个月。“七个月”:除去咖提那月及冬季四个月,共五个月,所余七个月。“纵使指定于时内施与”:为僧团指明“此是非时衣”而施与,或对个人说“我给你这个”而施与。显示巴利原文
499-500.Ekādasamāseti ekaṃ pacchimakattikamāsaṃ ṭhapetvā sese ekādasamāse. Sattamāseti kattikamāsaṃ hemantike ca cattāroti pañcamāse ṭhapetvā sese sattamāse. Kālepi ādissa dinnanti saṅghassa vā ‘‘idaṃ akālacīvara’’nti uddisitvā dinnaṃ, ekapuggalassa vā ‘‘idaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’’ti dinnaṃ.
“从僧团”:依自己应得份额而从僧团获得。“从众”:说“我们给经部众此,给论部众此”,如此施与某众。然后依自己应得份额从该众获得。显示巴利原文
Saṅghato vāti attano pattabhāgavasena saṅghato vā uppajjeyya. Gaṇato vāti idaṃ suttantikagaṇassa dema, idaṃ ābhidhammikagaṇassāti evaṃ gaṇassa denti. Tato attano pattabhāgavasena gaṇato vā uppajjeyya.
“若不令其圆满”:若未得圆满,即制作决意衣所需布料不足,该衣便不具足,成为不足量。此是其含义。显示巴利原文
No cassa pāripūrīti no ce pāripūrī bhaveyya, yattakena kayiramānaṃ adhiṭṭhānacīvaraṃ pahoti, tañce cīvaraṃ tattakaṃ na bhaveyya, ūnakaṃ bhaveyyāti attho.
“对僧团或众有期待”等句中:若心想“某日僧团将得衣,众将得衣,我将由此得衣”,便是对僧团或众有期待。若心想“亲属已为我寄来衣资,朋友已寄来,他们到来时便会给我衣”,便是对亲属或朋友有期待。“或粪扫衣”:应理解为“我将获得粪扫衣”,这样有期待。“或以自己的财物”:指用自己的棉线等财物,“某日我将得到衣”,这样也有期待。这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
Paccāsā hoti saṅghato vātiādīsu asukadivasaṃ nāma saṅgho cīvarāni labhissati, gaṇo labhissati, tato me cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti evaṃ saṅghato vā gaṇato vā paccāsā hoti. Ñātakehi me cīvaratthāya pesitaṃ, mittehi pesitaṃ, te āgatā cīvare dassantīti evaṃ ñātito vā mittato vā paccāsā hoti. Paṃsukūlaṃ vāti ettha pana paṃsukūlaṃ vā lacchāmīti evaṃ paccāsā hotīti yojetabbaṃ. Attano vā dhanenāti attano kappāsasuttādinā dhanena, asukadivasaṃ nāma lacchāmīti evaṃ vā paccāsā hotīti attho.
“若此后更存放,即使有念有期待”:意为若超过一个月的最长期限仍存放,即犯舍堕罪。但不作此说,而是因为:在中间出现的期待衣,从根本衣产生之日起,直到第二十日为止,这段期间产生的期待衣,会使根本衣随顺于它;从那之后,根本衣便使期待衣随顺于它。因此,为显示这一差别,以“那时产生了根本衣”等方法作分别说,其义自明。显示巴利原文
Tato ce uttari nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāyāti māsaparamato ce uttari nikkhipeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti attho. Evaṃ pana avatvā yasmā antarā uppajjamāne paccāsācīvare mūlacīvarassa uppannadivasato yāva vīsatimo divaso tāva uppannaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ mūlacīvaraṃ attano gatikaṃ karoti, tato uddhaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ attano gatikaṃ karoti. Tasmā taṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tadahuppanne mūlacīvare’’tiādinā nayena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ uttānatthameva.
“若产生的根本衣不相称”:如果根本衣细软,期待衣粗厚,则不能合用。若尚有剩余日数,月还未满,则不应勉强扣下衣物。只有在获得其他期待衣后,于时限内制作。期待衣也应决意为资具布。如果根本衣粗厚,期待衣细软,则应将根本衣决意为资具布,以期待衣作为根本衣而存放。它再次获得一个月的豁免期。依此方法,只要愿意,可以互相作为根本衣而存放,这是允许的。其余文义自明。显示巴利原文
Visabhāge uppanne mūlacīvareti yadi mūlacīvaraṃ saṇhaṃ, paccāsācīvaraṃ thūlaṃ, na sakkā yojetuṃ. Rattiyo ca sesā honti, na tāva māso pūrati , na akāmā niggahena cīvaraṃ kāretabbaṃ. Aññaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ labhitvāyeva kālabbhantare kāretabbaṃ. Paccāsācīvarampi parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Atha mūlacīvaraṃ thūlaṃ hoti, paccāsācīvaraṃ saṇhaṃ, mūlacīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā paccāsācīvarameva mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Taṃ puna māsaparihāraṃ labhati, etenupāyena yāva icchati tāva aññamaññaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
等起等与第一咖提那戒相同。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisānevāti.
四、旧衣学处之解释显示巴利原文
4. Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
503-5 “那时”等,是关于旧衣的学处。其中,“乃至第七代祖父辈”:父之父为祖父,祖父的辈分即祖父辈。“辈”是指寿命的量度。这只是言说上的施设。从义理上说,祖父本身就是祖父辈。由此向上,所有先祖都由“祖父”一词所涵盖。这样,直至第七代的人中,凡无亲属关系者,便称为“乃至第七代祖父辈无亲属关系”。这也只是一种说法方式。然而,通过“从母方或从父方”这一表述,应知祖父辈、祖母辈、外祖父辈、外祖母辈,以及他们的兄弟、姐妹、甥侄、子孙等,全部都被包含在此中。显示巴利原文
503-5.Tena samayenāti purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha yāva sattamā pitāmahayugāti pitupitā pitāmaho, pitāmahassa yugaṃ pitāmahayugaṃ. Yuganti āyuppamāṇaṃ vuccati. Abhilāpa mattameva cetaṃ. Atthato pana pitāmahoyeva pitāmahayugaṃ. Tato uddhaṃ sabbepi pubbapurisā pitāmahaggahaṇeneva gahitā. Evaṃ yāva sattamo puriso tāva yā asambaddhā sā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhāti vuccati. Desanāmukhameva cetaṃ. ‘‘Mātito vā pitito vā’’tivacanato pana pitāmahayugampi pitāmahiyugampi mātāmahayugampi mātāmahiyugampi tesaṃ bhātubhaginībhāgineyyaputtapaputtādayopi sabbe idha saṅgahitā evāti veditabbā.
其中详细的方法如下:父亲、父亲的父亲、他的父亲、他父亲的父亲,如此乃至第七代;父亲、父亲的母亲、她的父母、兄弟、姐妹、儿子、女儿,如此向上及向下乃至第七代;父亲、父亲的兄弟、父亲的姐妹、父亲的儿子、父亲的女儿,以及这些儿子及女儿的相续,如此乃至第七代;母亲、母亲的母亲、她的母亲、她母亲的母亲,如此乃至第七代;母亲、母亲的父亲、她的父母、兄弟、姐妹、儿子、女儿,如此向上及向下乃至第七代;母亲、母亲的兄弟、母亲的姐妹、母亲的儿子、母亲的女儿,以及这些儿子及女儿的相续,如此乃至第七代。既非由母方关系、也非由父方关系而联结的人,便称为非亲属。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vitthāranayo – pitā pitupitā tassa pitā tassāpi pitāti evaṃ yāva sattamā yugā, pitā pitumātā tassā pitā ca mātā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca puttā ca dhītaro cāti evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, pitā pitubhātā pitubhaginī pituputtā pitudhītaro tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātumātā tassā mātā tassāpi mātāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātupitā tassa mātā ca pitā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca puttā ca dhītaro cāti, evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātubhātā mātubhaginī mātuputtā mātudhītaro tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, neva mātusambandhena na pitusambandhena sambaddhā, ayaṃ aññātikā nāma.
“由两众”者,指:既在比丘尼僧团中以白四甘马受戒,又在比丘僧团中以白四甘马受戒,即通过八语羯磨法受具足戒者。显示巴利原文
Ubhato saṅgheti bhikkhunisaṅghe ñatticatutthena bhikkhusaṅghe ñatticatutthenāti aṭṭhavācikavinayakammena upasampannā.
“即使穿过一次、披过一次”者,指:染色并作净后,哪怕只穿过一次或披过一次。乃至于最低限度,以受用之意或置于肩上、或置于头上而行路,或用作枕头而躺卧,此亦属旧衣。然而,若将其铺于坐卧具下而躺卧,或以手举起张于空中作帐幔而行,且头不触碰,则不称为受用。此说见于《库伦达疏》。显示巴利原文
Sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampīti rajitvā kappaṃ katvā ekavārampi nivatthaṃ vā pārutaṃ vā. Antamaso paribhogasīsena aṃse vā matthake vā katvā maggaṃ gato hoti, ussīsakaṃ vā katvā nipanno hoti, etampi purāṇacīvarameva. Sace pana paccattharaṇassa heṭṭhā katvā nipajjati, hatthehi vā ukkhipitvā ākāse vitānaṃ katvā sīsena aphusanto gacchati, ayaṃ paribhogo nāma na hotīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
于“洗已,舍堕”中:如此受嘱的比丘尼,为行洗涤而准备炉灶、收集薪柴、生火、取水,直至将那衣洗净后拿起为止,在比丘尼的每一个动作上,比丘皆犯恶作。待洗涤完毕、刚拿起时,即成舍堕。若以为是未洗净,便再次洒水或洗涤,直至完成为止,每一个动作上皆犯恶作。此理亦适用于染色与捶打。具体而言:于染槽中放入染料后,直至将那衣染过一次为止,在此之前为染色所作的诸事,或于此之后再次染色,于一切处,在每一个动作上,比丘皆犯恶作。捶打中的动作,亦当如是了知。显示巴利原文
Dhotaṃ nissaggiyanti ettha evaṃ āṇattā bhikkhunī dhovanatthāya uddhanaṃ sajjeti, dārūni saṃharati, aggiṃ karoti, udakaṃ āharati yāva naṃ dhovitvā ukkhipati, tāva bhikkhuniyā payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Dhovitvā ukkhittamatte nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Sace duddhotanti maññamānā puna siñcati vā dhovati vā yāva niṭṭhānaṃ na gacchati tāva payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Esa nayo rajanākoṭanesu. Rajanadoṇiyañhi rajanaṃ ākiritvā yāva sakiṃ cīvaraṃ rajati, tato pubbe yaṃkiñci rajanatthāya karoti, pacchā vā paṭirajati, sabbattha payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ ākoṭanepi payogo veditabbo.
506 对非亲戚作非亲戚想而令其洗旧衣:即使未开口说“洗这件”,只为表达洗涤之意而作出身体动作,或用手递到对方手中,或放在对方脚边,或向上抛给,或托付正学尼、沙弥尼、沙弥、优婆塞、外道女等人手中,或扔在河边正在洗衣者附近——若处于十二肘范围之内,均算作已令洗。若放在范围之外、靠近自己一边,而对方自行取去洗后送回,则无犯。若交给正学尼、沙弥尼或优婆夷手中令洗,对方在受具足戒后洗者,仍犯。若交给优婆塞手中,对方转换身份于比丘尼中出家受具足戒后洗者,仍犯。若交给沙弥或比丘手中,于转换身份时,同理。显示巴利原文
506.Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpetīti no cepi ‘‘imaṃ dhovā’’ti vadati, atha kho dhovanatthāya kāyavikāraṃ katvā hatthena vā hatthe deti, pādamūle vā ṭhapeti, upari vā khipati, sikkhamānāsāmaṇerīsāmaṇeraupāsakatitthiyādīnaṃ vā hatthe peseti, nadītitthe dhovantiyā upacāre vā khipati, antodvādasahatthe okāse ṭhatvā, dhovāpitaṃyeva hoti. Sace pana upacāraṃ muñcitvā orato ṭhapeti sā ce dhovitvā āneti, anāpatti. Sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā upāsikāya vā hatthe dhovanatthāya deti, sā ce upasampajjitvā dhovati, āpattiyeva. Upāsakassa hatthe deti, so ce liṅge parivatte bhikkhunīsu pabbajitvā upasampajjitvā dhovati , āpattiyeva. Sāmaṇerassa vā bhikkhussa vā hatthe dinnepi liṅgaparivattane eseva nayo.
于“令洗、令染”等中,以一件物品(令做一事)犯一舍堕,以第二件(令做另一事)犯一恶作。若令做三事,以一件犯一舍堕,其余两件犯两个恶作。然而,由于无论依顺序或逆序令做这些洗染等事,皆无法避免犯戒,故此处说有三组四句。纵使说“将此衣染后、洗后拿来”,若该比丘尼先洗后染,仍犯舍堕及恶作。于一切与所说相反的语句中,应依此类推。若说“洗后拿来”,而她既洗又染,则仅因令洗而犯戒,令染无犯。如是,于一切情况下,若做了超出所吩咐之事,应知以“未受吩咐而洗”这一特征为无犯。若说“此衣上应做的一切,全部由你负责”,则以一句话犯众多罪。显示巴利原文
Dhovāpeti rajāpetītiādīsu ekena vatthunā nissaggiyaṃ, dutiyena dukkaṭaṃ. Tīṇipi kārāpentassa ekena nissaggiyaṃ, sesehi dve dukkaṭāni. Yasmā panetāni dhovanādīni paṭipāṭiyā vā uppaṭipāṭiyā vā kārentassa mokkho natthi, tasmā ettha tīṇi catukkāni vuttāni. Sacepi hi ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ rajitvā dhovitvā ānehī’’ti vutte sā bhikkhunī paṭhamaṃ dhovitvā pacchā rajati, nissaggiyena dukkaṭameva. Evaṃ sabbesu viparītavacanesu nayo netabbo. Sace pana ‘‘dhovitvā ānehī’’ti vuttā dhovati ceva rajati ca, dhovāpanapaccayā eva āpatti, rajane anāpatti. Evaṃ sabbattha vuttādhikakaraṇe ‘‘avuttā dhovatī’’ti iminā lakkhaṇena anāpatti veditabbā. ‘‘Imasmiṃ cīvare yaṃ kātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tuyhaṃ bhāro’’ti vadanto pana ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo āpajjatīti.
“对非亲戚有疑”“对非亲戚作亲戚想”等句,亦应依已说之三组四句而详细了知。显示巴利原文
Aññātikāya vematiko aññātikāya ñātikasaññīti imānipi padāni vuttānaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena vitthārato veditabbāni.
“一处受具足戒者”:令在比丘尼僧团处受具足戒者洗衣,犯恶作。若令在比丘僧团处受具足戒者洗衣,则依所对境而定;所谓在比丘僧团处受具足戒者,是指五百释迦族女。显示巴利原文
Ekato upasampannāyāti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike upasampannāya dhovāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana yathāvatthukameva, bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannā nāma pañcasatā sākiyāniyo.
507 “未被吩咐而洗”:为听法或领受教诫而来,见到污损之衣,从放置处自行取走,或说“给我吧,圣尼,我来洗”而令人取来,随后又洗涤、染色又加以捶打,这称为未被吩咐而洗。又有比丘吩咐年少比丘或沙弥“清洗此衣”,(比丘尼)听闻后说“拿来吧,圣尼,我来洗”而取去清洗,或暂时取走,清洗、染色后归还,这也称为未被吩咐而洗。显示巴利原文
507.Avuttā dhovatīti uddesāya vā ovādāya vā āgatā kilinnaṃ cīvaraṃ disvā ṭhapitaṭṭhānato gahetvā vā ‘‘detha, ayya, dhovissāmī’’ti āharāpetvā vā dhovati ceva rajati ca ākoṭeti ca, ayaṃ avuttā dhovati nāma. Yāpi ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ dhovā’’ti daharaṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā āṇāpentassa bhikkhuno sutvā ‘‘āharathayya ahaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti dhovati, tāvakālikaṃ vā gahetvā dhovitvā rajitvā deti, ayampi avuttā dhovati nāma.
“其他资具”:如鞋袋、钵袋、肩带、腰带、床、椅、褥垫、坐垫等任何物品,若令人清洗,无犯。其余义理在此易解。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ parikkhāranti upāhanatthavikapattatthavikaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanamañcapīṭhabhisitaṭṭikādiṃ yaṃkiñci dhovāpeti, anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
在等起等方面,此学处具六种等起,为作业,非想解脱,非无想,属制罪,是身业、语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu pana idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
五、接受衣学处之解释显示巴利原文
5. Cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
508 “那时”等句,是受衣学处。其中,“从乞食返回”即从乞食处归来。“前往盲林”:在学处尚未制定时,前往盲林。“已作业者”指已造偷盗之业者,即通过破窗等手段取走他人财物者。盗贼首领即贼首。他先前认识长老尼,因此走在贼众前头时看见了,便说“不要往这边走,大家都到这边来”,带着他们从另一条路走了。“从定中出”:据说长老尼恰在预定的时间从定中出。而贼首也恰在此时如此说道,她当即听到,听后心想:“这里除了我,现在没有其他沙门或婆罗门了。”于是接过了那块肉。因此说:“那时,优波离色比丘尼……”等。显示巴利原文
508.Tena samayenāti cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha piṇḍapātapaṭikkantāti piṇḍapātato paṭikkantā. Yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamīti apaññatte sikkhāpade yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Katakammāti katacorikakammā, sandhicchedanādīhi parabhaṇḍaṃ haritāti vuttaṃ hoti. Coragāmaṇikoti corajeṭṭhako. So kira pubbe theriṃ jānāti, tasmā corānaṃ purato gacchanto disvā ‘‘ito mā gacchatha, sabbe ito ethā’’ti te gahetvā aññena maggena agamāsi. Samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvāti therī kira paricchinnavelāyaṃyeva samādhimhā vuṭṭhahi. Sopi tasmiṃyeva khaṇe evaṃ avaca, tasmā sā assosi, sutvā ca ‘‘natthi dāni añño ettha samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā aññatra mayā’’ti taṃ maṃsaṃ aggahesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī’’tiādi.
“留下者”:指被留下、剩余者,即轮到看守寺院时独自留在寺中的人。为何说“若你能把下衣给我”?因她见那下衣细滑密致而生贪。实则她对下衣的贪著尚轻,但对长老尼却生起了邪贪,心想:“她已证得最上果位,具足种种成就,我要借此一睹她身体的圆满。”故而这样说。“最后的”:指五衣中最末的一件,即最后、最终之意。她并非以任何方式通过变易或舍出而另行存放衣,仅是依所开许的五衣受持而这样说,并非出于贪著,因为漏尽者已无贪。“被挤压”:示现譬喻,指被紧紧挤压。显示巴利原文
Ohiyyakoti avahīyako avaseso, vihāravāraṃ patvā ekova vihāre ṭhitoti attho. Sace me tvaṃ antaravāsakaṃ dadeyyāsīti kasmā āha? Saṇhaṃ ghanamaṭṭhaṃ antaravāsakaṃ disvā lobhena, apica appako tassā antaravāsake lobho, theriyā pana sikhāppattā koṭṭhāsasampatti tenassā sarīrapāripūriṃ passissāmīti visamalobhaṃ uppādetvā evamāha. Antimanti pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ sabbapariyantaṃ hutvā antimaṃ, antimanti pacchimaṃ. Aññaṃ lesenāpi vikappetvā vā paccuddharitvā vā ṭhapitaṃ cīvaraṃ natthīti evaṃ yathāanuññātānaṃ pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ dhāraṇavaseneva āha, na lobhena, na hi khīṇāsavānaṃ lobho atthi. Nippīḷiyamānāti upamaṃ dassetvā gāḷhaṃ pīḷayamānā.
“给了下衣后,走向精舍”:她穿上覆肩衣,只为不令其心愿得逞,仅在掌心展示后便离去了。显示巴利原文
Antaravāsakaṃdatvā upassayaṃ agamāsīti saṅkaccikaṃ nivāsetvā yathā tassa manoratho na pūrati, evaṃ hatthataleyeva dassetvā agamāsi.
510 为何那些人不接受交换衣而心生讥嫌呢?因为他们感到挫败、受打击,心想:“若圣尼们对我们连这点信任都没有,我们还如何维持生活呢?”显示巴利原文
510. Kasmā pārivattakacīvaraṃ appaṭigaṇhante ujjhāyiṃsu? ‘‘Sace ettakopi amhesu ayyānaṃ vissāso natthi, kathaṃ mayaṃ yāpessāmā’’ti vihatthatāya samabhitunnattā.
“比丘们,我允许这五种人”:意思是,我允许从这五种同法者、同信、同戒、同见者处接受交换衣。显示巴利原文
Anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ pañcannanti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ samasaddhānaṃ samasīlānaṃ samadiṭṭhīnaṃ pārivattakaṃ gahetuṃ anujānāmīti attho.
512 若为取物而伸手等,于作业时犯恶作。以得到故:即通过接受。其中,若有人亲手递交、置于脚边或向上抛掷,而对方接受,便视为已取。然而,若接受的是托付给正学比丘尼、沙弥、沙弥尼、优婆塞、优婆夷等人手中的物品,则无犯。说法者说法时,四众弟子持袈裟及诸未染色布来,置于脚边,或立于近处,或从近处抛掷,其中若属比丘尼之物,不以交换方式而取,即犯。若于夜间被抛掷,无法辨别“此为比丘尼物,此为他人物”,则无需交换,此说见于《大筏》与《小筏》,但此说因属无心状态而不符。若比丘尼给予雨安居衣,则必须交换。若置于垃圾堆等处,心想“我将取作粪扫衣”,则可决意为粪扫衣后取用。显示巴利原文
512.Payoge dukkaṭanti gahaṇatthāya hatthappasāraṇādīsu dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhenāti paṭiggahaṇena. Tattha ca hatthena vā hatthe detu, pādamūle vā ṭhapetu, upari vā khipatu, so ce sādiyati , gahitameva hoti. Sace pana sikkhamānāsāmaṇerasāmaṇerīupāsakaupāsikādīnaṃ hatthe pesitaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, anāpatti. Dhammakathaṃ kathentassa catassopi parisā cīvarāni ca nānāvirāgavatthāni ca ānetvā pādamūle ṭhapenti, upacāre vā ṭhatvā upacāraṃ vā muñcitvā khipanti, yaṃ tattha bhikkhunīnaṃ santakaṃ, taṃ aññatra pārivattakā gaṇhantassa āpattiyeva. Atha pana rattibhāge khittāni honti, ‘‘idaṃ bhikkhuniyā, idaṃ aññesa’’nti ñātuṃ na sakkā, pārivattakakiccaṃ natthīti mahāpaccariyaṃ kurundiyañca vuttaṃ, taṃ acittakabhāvena na sameti. Sace bhikkhunī vassāvāsikaṃ deti, pārivattakameva kātabbaṃ. Sace pana saṅkārakūṭādīsu ṭhapeti, ‘‘paṃsukūlaṃ gaṇhissantī’’ti paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
513 若非亲族比丘尼,作非亲族想,则构成三句波逸提。关于从一方受具足戒者:若从于比丘尼众中受具足戒者手中拿取,犯恶作;若从于比丘众中受具足戒者手中拿取,唯犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
513.Aññātikāya aññātikasaññīti tikapācittiyaṃ. Ekato upasampannāyāti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike upasampannāya hatthato gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ, bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana pācittiyameva.
514 若以廉价衣,或以鞋袋、钵袋、肩带、腰带等,交换昂贵之物,即使随后接受衣,亦无犯。但依《大筏》所说:“乃至以一片诃子果亦可。”若以昂贵之物交换廉价之物,应依前述相反之理理解。其他资具,如钵袋等,凡属可作净施的资具,皆可交换;但达到最后衣量之布及滤水布,则不可。凡既非决意受持之物,亦非可作净施之物者,则一切可交换。纵有床铺大小之坐垫皮,亦可交换;何况钵袋等物。其余文义易了。显示巴利原文
514.Parittena vā vipulanti appagghacīvarena vā upāhanatthavikapattatthavikaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanādinā vā mahagghaṃ cetāpetvā sacepi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, anāpatti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘antamaso harītakīkhaṇḍenāpī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vipulena vā parittanti idaṃ vuttavipallāsena veditabbaṃ. Aññaṃ parikkhāranti pattatthavikādiṃ yaṃ kiñci vikappanupagapacchimacīvarappamāṇaṃ pana paṭaparissāvanampi na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ neva adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ na vikappanupagaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Sacepi mañcappamāṇā bhisicchavi hoti, vaṭṭatiyeva; ko pana vādo pattatthavikādīsu. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
于等起等中,此学处具六种等起,有行作与非行作,非想解脱,无心,唯犯制戒,属身业与语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ , paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃvacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
六、向非亲族乞求衣学处之解释显示巴利原文
6. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
515 “那时”:此指非亲族乞求学处。其中,乌巴难达释迦子:在约八万释迦族出家的比丘中最为卑劣,性喜贪求。“paṭṭo”意为善巧、有能力、胜任,具足音韵,具足喉音之甜美。“于何者中如?”意为如同什么?如同烦恼;由于惭与愧,如同颤抖、震动。显示巴利原文
515.Tena samayenāti aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha upanando sakyaputtoti asītisahassamattānaṃ sakyakulā pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ patikiṭṭho lolajātiko. Paṭṭoti cheko samattho paṭibalo sarasampanno kaṇṭhamādhuriyena samannāgato. Kismiṃ viyāti kiṃsu viya kileso viya, hirottappavasena kampanaṃ viya saṅkampanaṃ viya hotīti attho.
“长途旅路”:即名为长途的远路,意指远途道路,而非城中街道。“那些比丘夺取”:即劫掠,指夺走他们的钵与衣。“当追问”:为查明是否为比丘身份而询问。“被追问时”:即被询问出家、达上、钵与衣的受持等事之时。“禀告了此事”:在使对方知晓其比丘身份后,依“从沙盖德前往舍卫城,走上长途旅路……”等方式,禀告了那件事。显示巴利原文
Addhānamagganti addhānasaṅkhātaṃ dīghamaggaṃ, na nagaravīthimagganti attho. Te bhikkhū acchindiṃsūti musiṃsu, pattacīvarāni nesaṃ hariṃsūti attho. Anuyuñjāhīti bhikkhubhāvajānanatthāya puccha. Anuyuñjiyamānāti pabbajjāupasampadāpattacīvarādhiṭṭhānādīni pucchiyamānā. Etamatthaṃ ārocesunti bhikkhubhāvaṃ jānāpetvā yo ‘‘sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā’’tiādinā nayena vutto, etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
517 在“对非亲族居士”等句中:下文所说“以草或叶遮盖”等,应以此为始,如是次第叙述当知。若见盗贼后,年轻比丘取了衣钵逃走,盗贼仅取走长老们的下衣与上衣,此时长老们既不应乞求衣,亦不应折断枝叶。若年轻比丘丢弃所有行李而逃,盗贼取走长老们的下衣、上衣及那些行李,年轻比丘回来后,不应将自己的下衣、上衣给予长老们,因为衣未被夺者不可为自己而折断枝叶,但可为衣被夺者而折断,衣未被夺者亦可为自己及他人而折断。因此,长老们应折断枝叶,以树皮等系缚后给予年轻比丘;或者年轻比丘为长老们折断枝叶并系缚后,或交于其手,或不交,自己穿上后再将自己的下衣、上衣给予长老们。如此,既不犯坏生草木的波逸提,其穿着亦不犯恶作。显示巴利原文
517.Aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vātiādīsu yaṃ parato ‘‘tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ ādiṃ katvā evaṃ anupubbakathā veditabbā. Sace core passitvā daharā pattacīvarāni gahetvā palātā, corā therānaṃ nivāsanapārupanamattaṃyeva haritvā gacchanti, therehi neva tāva cīvaraṃ viññāpetabbaṃ, na sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjitabbaṃ. Atha daharā sabbaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ chaḍḍetvā palātā, corā therānaṃ nivāsanapārupanaṃ tañca bhaṇḍakaṃ gahetvā gacchanti, daharehi āgantvā attano nivāsanapārupanāni na tāva therānaṃ dātabbāni, na hi anacchinnacīvarā attano atthāya sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjituṃ labhanti, acchinnacīvarānaṃ pana atthāya labhanti, acchinnacīvarāva attanopi paresampi atthāya labhanti. Tasmā therehi vā sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjitvā vākādīhi ganthetvā daharānaṃ dātabbaṃ, daharehi vā therānaṃ atthāya bhañjitvā ganthetvā tesaṃ hatthe datvā vā adatvā vā attanā nivāsetvā attano nivāsanapārupanāni therānaṃ dātabbāni, neva bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ hoti, na tesaṃ dhāraṇe dukkaṭaṃ.
若于途中见到染坊或类似的人,应向之乞求衣。凡是那些被乞求的人,或其他人,见到比丘穿着枝叶制成的衣物而心生热忱,给予衣物——无论是有边的、无边的,或是青色等各种颜色,以及如法的、不如法的,一切皆因处于衣被夺失的状态,他们都可以穿着与披覆。此亦于《附随》中说:显示巴利原文
Sace antarāmagge rajakattharaṇaṃ vā hoti, aññe vā tādise manusse passanti, cīvaraṃ viññāpetabbaṃ. Yāni ca nesaṃ te vā viññattamanussā aññe vā sākhāpalāsanivāsane bhikkhū disvā ussāhajātā vatthāni denti, tāni sadasāni vā hontu adasāni vā nīlādinānāvaṇṇāni vā kappiyānipi akappiyānipi sabbāni acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhitattā tesaṃ nivāsetuñca pārupituñca vaṭṭanti. Vuttampihetaṃ parivāre –
“既非如法制作,亦非以染料染红;”
穿上此衣,便可随心而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akappakataṃ nāpi rajanāya rattaṃ; Tena nivattho yena kāmaṃ vajeyya; Na cassa hoti āpatti; So ca dhammo sugatena desito; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 481);
此问题乃针对衣物未被破损的比丘而说。然而,若比丘与外道一同前往,外道给予他们吉祥草衣、树皮衣等,这些衣在不执取外道邪见的前提下,也是可以穿着的;即便穿着之后,也不应执取其邪见。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi pañho acchinnacīvarakaṃ bhikkhuṃ sandhāya vutto. Atha pana titthiyehi sahagacchanti, te ca nesaṃ kusacīravākacīraphalakacīrāni denti, tānipi laddhiṃ aggahetvā nivāsetuṃ vaṭṭanti, nivāsetvāpi laddhi na gahetabbā.
如今,在“他最初进入的住所,如果那里有僧团的住处衣”等句中,所谓住处衣,是指人们建造住所后,备好三衣,放置在自己建造的住所中,心想:“愿这四种资具都成为我们自己的所有物,供我们受用。”这便称为住处衣。上敷布,是指铺在床上的覆盖物。地敷布,是指为了保护平整的地面,用棉布等制成的敷设物,在其上铺上草席后经行。床垫皮,是指床垫或椅垫的外皮,若它是填充的,抖掉填充物后也可以取用。如此,在这些住处衣等当中,凡是住所里本就有的,即使不告知,也可以取来穿着或披着,这是为衣物已破损的比丘们所开许的,应当了知。而且,得到时应抱持“我将放回原处,妥善安置”的意图,而不是为了据为己有。得到之后,应从亲属、护持者或其他任何地方将其恢复原状。去往他方者,在某一僧团的住所中,应为了作为僧团共用物来受用而放置。若因他的受用而该物变旧或毁坏,他没有责任。然而,如果上述这些——从住处衣到床垫皮,乃至所说的在家衣物等中的任何一种——都得不到,他应当用草或树叶遮盖身体后前来。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchati, sace tattha hoti saṅghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā’’tiādīsu vihāracīvaraṃ nāma manussā āvāsaṃ kāretvā ‘‘cattāropi paccayā amhākaṃyeva santakā paribhogaṃ gacchantū’’ti ticīvaraṃ sajjetvā attanā kārāpite āvāse ṭhapenti, etaṃ vihāracīvaraṃ nāma. Uttarattharaṇanti mañcakassa upari attharaṇakaṃ vuccati. Bhumattharaṇanti parikammakatāya bhūmiyā rakkhaṇatthaṃ cimilikāhi kataattharaṇaṃ tassa upari taṭṭikaṃ pattharitvā caṅkamanti. Bhisicchavīti mañcabhisiyā vā pīṭhabhisiyā vā chavi, sace pūritā hoti vidhunitvāpi gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Evametesu vihāracīvarādīsu yaṃ tattha āvāse hoti, taṃ anāpucchāpi gahetvā nivāsetuṃ vā pārupituṃ vā acchinnacīvarakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ labbhatīti veditabbaṃ. Tañca kho labhitvā odahissāmi puna ṭhapessāmīti adhippāyena na mūlacchejjāya. Labhitvā ca pana ñātito vā upaṭṭhākato vā aññato vā kutoci pākatikameva kātabbaṃ. Videsagatena ekasmiṃ saṅghike āvāse saṅghikaparibhogena paribhuñjanatthāya ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sacassa paribhogeneva taṃ jīrati vā nassati vā gīvā na hoti. Sace pana etesaṃ vuttappakārānaṃ gihivatthādīnaṃ bhisicchavipariyantānaṃ kiñci na labbhati, tena tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabbanti.
519 “无论被谁”而衣未破损者:在此,即使是那些衣未破损的戒师、依止师等,通过请求说“贤友,请拿衣来”或以亲厚想而取用,那也归入此列,这样说也是合理的。显示巴利原文
519.Yehikehici vā acchinnanti ettha yampi acchinnacīvarā ācariyupajjhāyā aññe ‘‘āharatha, āvuso, cīvara’’nti yācitvā vā vissāsena vā gaṇhanti, tampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vattuṃ yujjati.
“或因受用而旧损者”:在此,那些衣未破损的戒师、依止师等,自己用草或树叶遮盖身体后所给予的衣服,也归入此列,这样说也是合理的。这样,他们便处于衣未破损与衣已丢失两种情形之中,因此,对他们而言,在乞求以及受用不如法衣方面无犯,是恰当的。显示巴利原文
Paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vāti ettha ca acchinnacīvarānaṃ ācariyupajjhāyādīnaṃ attanā tiṇapaṇṇehi paṭicchādetvā dinnacīvarampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vattuṃ yujjati. Evañhi te acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne naṭṭhacīvaraṭṭhāne ca ṭhitā bhavissanti, tena nesaṃ viññattiyaṃ akappiyacīvaraparibhoge ca anāpatti anurūpā bhavissati.
521 “对已邀请的亲属”:在此,应理解其义为:若有人告知“请给这些人的所有物”而乞求,无犯。因为对已邀请的亲属,并不涉及犯或不犯。“用自己的财物”:在此,也应理解其义为:若有人用自己的如法物品,通过如法的交易方式,告知、让人购买或交换衣服,无犯。“对已邀请者”:在此,对于以僧团名义的邀请,只限于适当的量。对于个人的邀请,邀请什么,就只能乞求什么。若有人以四资具邀请后,自己留意,适时给予衣服,日日给予粥、饭等,如此,需要什么便给予什么,对他而言,则无须告知。但若有人邀请后,由于愚痴或失念而不给,则应告知他。若有人说“我邀请你到我家”,则可去他家随意坐卧,但不应拿取任何物品。若有人说“凡我家中所拥有之物,我都邀请”,则家中如法之物可以乞求,但不得在其家中坐卧。这是《库伦迪》中所说。显示巴利原文
521.Ñātakānaṃ pavāritānanti ettha ‘‘etesaṃ santakaṃ dethā’’ti viññāpentassa yācantassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Na hi ñātakapavāritānaṃ āpatti vā anāpatti vā hoti. Attano dhanenāti etthāpi attano kappiyabhaṇḍena kappiyavohāreneva cīvaraṃ viññāpentassa cetāpentassa parivattāpentassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Pavāritānanti ettha ca saṅghavasena pavāritesu pamāṇameva vaṭṭati. Puggalikapavāraṇāya yaṃ yaṃ pavāreti, taṃ taṃyeva viññāpetabbaṃ. Yo catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā sayameva sallakkhetvā kālānukālaṃ cīvarāni divase divase yāgubhattādīnīti evaṃ yena yenattho taṃ taṃ deti, tassa viññāpanakiccaṃ natthi. Yo pana pavāretvā bālatāya vā satisammosena vā na deti, so viññāpetabbo. Yo ‘‘mayhaṃ gehaṃ pavāremī’’ti vadati, tassa gehaṃ gantvā yathāsukhaṃ nisīditabbaṃ nipajjitabbaṃ, na kiñci gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana ‘‘yaṃ mayhaṃ gehe atthi, taṃ pavāremī’’ti vadati. Yaṃ tattha kappiyaṃ, taṃ viññāpetabbaṃ, gehe pana nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā na labbhatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
“为了他人”:在此,对于自己已邀请的亲属,不仅为自利,亦为他利而乞求者,无犯——这是一个含义。而第二个“他人的”含义是:那些是他人的已邀请亲属,为那位得名“他人”者,例如为佛护或法护的利益而乞求者,无犯。其余文义明显。显示巴利原文
Aññassatthāyāti ettha attano ñātakapavārite na kevalaṃ attano atthāya, atha kho aññassatthāya viññāpentassa anāpattīti ayameko attho. Ayaṃ pana dutiyo aññassāti ye aññassa ñātakapavāritā, te tasseva ‘‘aññassā’’ti laddhavohārassa buddharakkhitassa vā dhammarakkhitassa vā atthāya viññāpentassa anāpattīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
就等起等而言,此学处亦为六种等起:属身业、非想解脱、无意识、制戒罪、身业与语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
七、过量学处的注释显示巴利原文
7. Tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
522-4 “那时”等,是过量学处。于此,“abhihaṭṭhuṃ”中,abhi是前缀,意为“带来”,即“取来”之意。“pavāreyyā”意为“令希望”,即“令生起意欲与喜好”,就是说、邀请的意思。而为显示应以何种方式作“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā”邀请,便作如下释词:“你想取多少,便取多少。”或者,如同“见出离为安稳”中以“见”为义,同样,此处的“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā”也是“带来后邀请”的意思。在此,带来有两种:以身带来与以语带来。即,以身带来衣服置于脚边,说“你想取多少,便取多少”而作邀请;或以语说“我们的钵已满,你想取多少,便取多少”而作邀请。合此二者,说为“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā”。显示巴利原文
522-4.Tenasamayenāti tatuttarisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha abhihaṭṭhunti abhīti upasaggo, haritunti attho, gaṇhitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavāreyyāti icchāpeyya, icchaṃ ruciṃ uppādeyya, vadeyya nimanteyyāti attho. Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavārentena pana yathā vattabbaṃ, taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha vā yathā ‘‘nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato’’ti (su. ni. 426, 1104; cūḷani. jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddesa 67) ettha disvāti attho, evamidhāpi ‘‘abhiaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā’’ti abhiharitvā pavāreyyāti attho. Tattha kāyābhihāro vācābhihāroti duvidho abhihāro, kāyena vā hi vatthāni abhiharitvā pādamūle ṭhapetvā ‘‘yattakaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, vācāya vā ‘‘amhākaṃ dussakoṭṭhāgāraṃ paripuṇṇaṃ, yattakaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, tadubhayampi ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘‘abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā’’ti vuttaṃ.
“连同内衣的最上衣”:即“具备内衣、最上、极致”的衣服,意思是下衣加上上衣为其最高限量。从那里应接受衣服:从所带来的衣服中,应接受这么多衣服,不应超过此量。然而,因为只有在三衣全部破损时,持三衣的比丘才应如此行持,其他人则可有不同方式,所以为了显示这种区别,以“如果三衣都丢失了”等方式作了解释。显示巴利原文
Santaruttaraparamanti saantaraṃ uttaraṃ paramaṃ assa cīvarassāti santaruttaraparamaṃ, nivāsanena saddhiṃ pārupanaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo assāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbanti tato abhihaṭacīvarato ettakaṃ cīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ, na ito paranti attho. Yasmā pana acchinnasabbacīvarena ticīvarikeneva bhikkhunā evaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ, aññena aññathāpi, tasmā taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sace tīṇi naṭṭhāni hontī’’tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
于此,分别如下:若三衣全部遗失,则应受持两件,穿一件、披一件之后,再从同分之处寻求另一件。若两件遗失,应受持一件。如果本来就以内衣和上衣而住,则须受持两件,这样仅受持一件便会均等。若三件中只遗失一件,不应受持。若两件中遗失一件,应受持一件。若仅有一件且已遗失,应受持两件。比丘尼若五衣全失,应受持两件;若四件失,应受持一件;若三件失,则任何一件都不应受持,何况两件或一件遗失。总之,应以具备内衣与上衣为最上而住,不得超过此限,这就是此处的特征。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbāni, ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā aññaṃ sabhāgaṭṭhānato pariyesissati. Yassa dve naṭṭhāni, tena ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Sace pakatiyāva santaruttarena carati, dve sāditabbāni. Evaṃ ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissati. Yassa tīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, na sāditabbaṃ. Yassa pana dvīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Yassa ekaṃyeva hoti, tañca naṭṭhaṃ, dve sāditabbāni. Bhikkhuniyā pana pañcasupi naṭṭhesu dve sāditabbāni. Catūsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, tīsu naṭṭhesu kiñci na sāditabbaṃ, ko pana vādo dvīsu vā ekasmiṃ vā. Yena kenaci hi santaruttaraparamatāya ṭhātabbaṃ, tato uttari na labbhatīti idamettha lakkhaṇaṃ.
526 “我将取回剩余”:意为做成两件衣之后,再将剩余的部分取回。“非因割截之故”:指因多闻等功德而施与。关于“亲属”等:若亲属施与而接受、若已受邀请者施与而接受、若以自己的财物接受,都无犯,此是义。然而,注释书中说:“在亲属及已受邀请之处,平常虽然多亦被允许;但因割截的缘故,只允许适量。”这与巴利原文不合。然而,因为这条学处只是在“为他人而乞求”的事缘中制定的,所以此处没有说“为他人”。其余文义容易理解。显示巴利原文
526.Sesakaṃ āharissāmīti dve cīvarāni katvā sesaṃ puna āharissāmīti attho. Na acchinnakāraṇāti bāhusaccādiguṇavasena denti. Ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa pavāritānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa attano dhanena sādiyantassa anāpattīti attho. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne pakatiyā bahumpi vaṭṭati, acchinnakāraṇā pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti. Yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
就等起等方面而言,此亦是六等起,属作、非想解脱、非无心、依施设而犯、身业与语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
八、第一预备衣资学处的注释显示巴利原文
8. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
527 “那时”者,是指应备衣资学处。其中,“贤友,那位是我的护持者”一句,意为:贤友,正如你所说,确实有这样一位我的护持者,这便是此处的含义。“或许我亦如是”者,即“或许我尊亦如是”,也有“或许我亦”的读法。显示巴利原文
527.Tenasamayenāti upakkhaṭasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha atthāvuso maṃ so upaṭṭhākoti āvuso, yaṃ tvaṃ bhaṇasi, atthi evarūpo so mama upaṭṭhākoti ayamettha attho. Api meyya evaṃ hotīti api me ayya evaṃ hoti, api mayyā evantipi pāṭho.
528-9 “特为比丘”者,此处“特为”即是缘于、关于。然而,凡是特为某人而预备的,就称为“为其而预备”,因此在它的词语分别中,说为“为比丘故”。显示巴利原文
528-9.Bhikkhuṃ paneva uddissāti ettha uddissāti apadissa ārabbha. Yasmā pana yaṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ hoti, taṃ tassatthāya upakkhaṭaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmāssa padabhājane ‘‘bhikkhussatthāyā’’ti vuttaṃ.
“以比丘为所缘”者,即以比丘为缘。凡是特意为比丘准备之物,必定是以比丘为缘而准备,因此说“以比丘为所缘”。“缘”也可称为“所缘”,如“魔得所缘”等处所用法。今为显示“特为”一词的作者相状,故说“欲覆护比丘者”。盖欲覆护比丘者,即是特意为此而准备,并非由其他缘。如此,此人即是欲覆护者,故说“欲覆护比丘者”。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvāti bhikkhuṃ paccayaṃ katvā, yañhi bhikkhuṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ, taṃ niyameneva bhikkhuṃ paccayaṃ katvā upakkhaṭaṃ hoti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā’’ti. Paccayopi hi ‘‘labhati māro ārammaṇa’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.243) ārammaṇanti āgato. Idāni ‘‘uddissā’’ti ettha yo kattā, tassa ākāradassanatthaṃ ‘‘bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo’’ti vuttaṃ. Bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmena hi tena taṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ, na aññena kāraṇena. Iti so acchādetukāmo hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo’’ti.
“或非亲居士”者,意思是:由非亲居士。此处属格用作具格之义。然而在词语分别中,为不拘泥文字而仅显示义理,故说“所谓非亲者……乃至……所谓居士”等。显示巴利原文
Aññātakassagahapatissa vāti aññātakena gahapatinā vāti attho. Karaṇatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Padabhājane pana byañjanaṃ avicāretvā atthamattameva dassetuṃ ‘‘aññātako nāma…pe… gahapati nāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
“衣价”者,即衣资。因衣资属于金银等物中的一种,所以在词语分别中说“或为金银”等。“已预备”者,即已备办、收集存放。由于“或为金银”等语已显示其已预备的状态,因此不单独提出“所谓已预备”一词作词语分别。“以此”指已预备之物,故在词语分别中说“以现前之物”。盖凡已预备、收集存放者,即是现前之物。“我将覆护”,此为通俗用语,义为“我将给予某比丘”。正因为如此,在词语分别中也说“将给予”。显示巴利原文
Cīvaracetāpannanti cīvaramūlaṃ, taṃ pana yasmā hiraññādīsu aññataraṃ hoti, tasmā padabhājane ‘‘hiraññaṃ vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Upakkhaṭaṃ hotīti sajjitaṃ hoti, saṃharitvā ṭhapitaṃ, yasmā pana ‘‘hiraññaṃ vā’’tiādinā vacanenassa upakkhaṭabhāvo dassito hoti, tasmā ‘‘upakkhaṭaṃ nāmā’’ti padaṃ uddharitvā visuṃ padabhājanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Imināti upakkhaṭaṃ sandhāyāha, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘paccupaṭṭhitenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yañhi upakkhaṭaṃ saṃharitvā ṭhapitaṃ, taṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hotīti. Acchādessāmīti vohāravacanametaṃ ‘‘itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dassāmī’’ti ayaṃ panettha attho. Tenevassa padabhājanepi ‘‘dassāmī’’ti vuttaṃ.
“若该比丘于彼处”者,句义连接如下:凡该居士或居士女所在之处,若该比丘先前未受邀请而前往,于衣上作选择要求,此即此处之义。其中,“前往”一词,虽仅用“去”已可表其义,但依通常用语习惯,故说“至其家”。然“前往施主所在之处”即此义,故复说“无论前往何处”。“作选择要求”者,意谓作殊胜的选择、额外规定;词语分别中,为说明其以何种方式作选择要求,故说“或为长”等。“善哉”是表祈求的语助词,“唯”是表思量的语助词。“我”指称自身,“具寿”是对对方的呼唤与称呼。然此一切仅属文句,义理显豁,故词语分别中未释其义。“出于求好之欲”者,即内心执取欲得善妙、殊胜之意,此与“若作”相连。然而,凡出于求好之欲而作者,即为求利、求高价者,故词语分别中省略文句,唯为揭示所指向之义而作此说。然而,并非仅凭作选择要求便构成犯戒,故说“依彼之言”等。显示巴利原文
Tatra ce so bhikkhūti yatra so gahapati vā gahapatānī vā tatra so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya ceti ayamettha padasambandho. Tattha upasaṅkamitvāti imassa gantvāti imināva atthe siddhe pacuravohāravasena ‘‘ghara’’nti vuttaṃ. Yatra pana so dāyako tatra gantvāti ayamevettha attho, tasmā punapi vuttaṃ ‘‘yattha katthaci upasaṅkamitvā’’ti. Vikappaṃ āpajjeyyāti visiṭṭhakappaṃ adhikavidhānaṃ āpajjeyya, padabhājane pana yenākārena vikappaṃ āpanno hoti tameva dassetuṃ ‘‘āyataṃ vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sādhūti āyācane nipāto. Vatāti parivitakke. Manti attānaṃ niddisati. Āyasmāti paraṃ ālapati āmanteti. Yasmā panidaṃ sabbaṃ byañjanamattameva, uttānatthameva, tasmāssa padabhājane attho na vutto. Kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāyāti sundarakāmataṃ visiṭṭhakāmataṃ cittena gahetvā, tassa ‘‘āpajjeyya ce’’ti iminā sambandho. Yasmā pana yo kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāya āpajjati, so sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko hoti, tasmāssa padabhājane byañjanaṃ pahāya adhippetatthameva dassetuṃ tadeva vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana na imassa āpajjanamatteneva āpatti sīsaṃ eti, tasmā ‘‘tassa vacanenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
531 “Anāpatti ñātakānantiādīsu”意为:向亲属作衣的选择要求时无犯,应如此理解其义。若居士想让人做高价衣,而比丘却让人做低价衣:例如,居士想让人做价值二十的衣时,比丘说“这对我来说已经足够,请给我价值十或价值八的吧”,如此无犯。“Appaggha”(低价)一词,只是为了遮止超额要求;实际上,即使等值也无犯。这是就价值而非尺寸而言,因为此学处涉及抬高价值。因此,若施主想做价值二十的下衣,比丘说“请给我一件价值相当的衣”,亦属许可。其余文句其义易知。显示巴利原文
531.Anāpatti ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjantassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Mahagghaṃ cetāpetukāmassa appagghaṃ cetāpetīti gahapatissa vīsatiagghanakaṃ cīvaraṃ cetāpetukāmassa ‘‘alaṃ mayhaṃ etena, dasagghanakaṃ vā aṭṭhagghanakaṃ vā dehī’’ti vadati anāpatti. Appagghanti idañca atirekanivāraṇatthameva vuttaṃ, samakepi pana anāpatti , tañca kho agghavaseneva na pamāṇavasena, agghavaḍḍhanakañhi idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ. Tasmā yo vīsatiagghanakaṃ antaravāsakaṃ cetāpetukāmo , ‘‘taṃ ettakameva me agghanakaṃ cīvaraṃ dehī’’ti vattumpi vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
其起因等项,与此上一条学处相同。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīnipi tatuttarisikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
9. 第二预备衣资学处的注释显示巴利原文
9. Dutiyaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
532 第二条追加制戒其义,亦应依同一方法了知。此条与前追加制戒相似,区别仅在于:初学处所损害者为一人,第二学处所损害者为二人,此即其异。其余一切皆与初学处相同。如同对二人造成损害,对多人造成损害而取得者,其罪亦应类推了知。显示巴利原文
532. Dutiyaupakkhaṭepi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Tañhi imassa anupaññattisadisaṃ. Kevalaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade ekassa pīḷā katā, dutiye dvinnaṃ, ayamevettha viseso. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamasadisameva. Yathā ca dvinnaṃ, evaṃ bahūnaṃ pīḷaṃ katvā gaṇhatopi āpatti veditabbāti.
10. 王学处的注释显示巴利原文
10. Rājasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
537 537. “Tena samayenāti”指王学处。其中,“upāsakaṃ saññāpetvā”意为“使知晓后”,即说了“用这笔钱买了衣给长老吧”这样的话,这是其含义。“Paññāsabandho”意为被罚五十迦哈波那的罚金。另有读作“Paññāsaṃ baddho”的,意为“输了五十,应被罚付五十”,这是其含义。“Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamehi”意为“尊者,请今日再留一日,请接受(招待)”,这是其意思。“Parāmasī”意为“拿了”。“Jīnosī”意为“你输了”。显示巴利原文
537.Tena samayenāti rājasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha upāsakaṃ saññāpetvāti jānāpetvā, ‘‘iminā mūlena cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā therassa dehī’’ti evaṃ vatvāti adhippāyo. Paññāsabandhoti paññāsakahāpaṇadaṇḍoti vuttaṃ hoti. Paññāsaṃ baddhotipi pāṭho, paññāsaṃ jito paññāsaṃ dāpetabboti adhippāyo. Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamehīti bhante, ajja ekadivasaṃ amhākaṃ tiṭṭha, adhivāsehīti attho. Parāmasīti gaṇhi. Jīnosīti jitosi.
538-9 538-9. “Rājabhoggo”意为:应交由国王享用之物,即他有王所赐予的享用物,故称“rājabhoggo”。亦有读作“rājabhogo”者,意为:他有来自国王的享用物。显示巴利原文
538-9.Rājabhoggoti rājato bhoggaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ assatthīti rājabhoggo, rājabhogotipi pāṭho, rājato bhogo assa atthīti attho.
“Pahiṇeyyāti”意为:应差遣。然而,因其语义显了,故未作词释。正如对此词一样,对“cīvaraṃ itthannāmaṃ bhikkhu”等词,也应当了知:正是由于语义浅显,才未作词释。“Ābhatanti”意为:被持来。“Kālenakappiyanti”意为:适时许用,即:当有需要时,那时我们所接受的如法衣,便是其义。显示巴利原文
Pahiṇeyyāti peseyya, uttānatthattā panassa padabhājanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Yathā ca etassa, evaṃ ‘‘cīvaraṃ itthannāmaṃ bhikkhu’’ntiādīnampi padānaṃ uttānatthattāyeva padabhājanaṃ na vuttanti veditabbaṃ . Ābhatanti ānītaṃ. Kālenakappiyanti yuttapattakālena, yadā no attho hoti, tadā kappiyaṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇhāmāti attho.
“Veyyāvaccakaro”意为:做事者,即作净事者,这是其义。“Saññatto so mayā”意为:他为我所示意,即我如此告知:“当你们需要衣时,他会给衣”,这是其义。“Attho me āvuso cīvarenāti”是显示催促相的例子;这句话应当说,或以任何语言表达此义;这便是催促相。而“Dehi me cīvara”等语句,是为显示不应如此说而说;这些语句,或以任何语言表达这些意思,则不应说。显示巴利原文
Veyyāvaccakaroti kiccakaro, kappiyakārakoti attho. Saññatto so mayāti āṇatto so mayā, yathā tumhākaṃ cīvarena atthe sati cīvaraṃ dassati, evaṃ vuttoti attho. Attho me āvuso cīvarenāti codanālakkhaṇanidassanametaṃ, idañhi vacanaṃ vattabbaṃ, assa vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya; idaṃ codanālakkhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Dehi me cīvara’’ntiādīni pana navattabbākāradassanatthaṃ vuttāni, etāni hi vacanāni etesaṃ vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya na vattabbo.
“Dutiyampi vattabbo tatiyampi vattabbo”意为:第二次亦应说,第三次亦应说,即“贤友,我需要衣”这句话,最多说三次。如此,在显示了“应二、三次催促与提醒”中已指出的催促界限后,现在为简略显示“若在二、三次催促与提醒时,他成就了那件衣,如此便是善的”这些语句的含义,而说“sace abhinipphādeti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ”。若在最多三次的催促中,他成就了那件衣——即能通过自己获得的方式令其成就——那便是善的、良好的、美妙且极善的。显示巴利原文
Dutiyampi vattabbo tatiyampi vattabboti ‘‘attho me āvuso cīvarenā’’ti idameva yāvatatiyaṃ vattabboti. Evaṃ ‘‘dvattikkhattuṃ codetabbo sāretabbo’’ti ettha uddiṭṭhacodanāparicchedaṃ dassetvā idāni ‘‘dvattikkhattuṃ codayamāno sārayamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya, iccetaṃ kusala’’nti imesaṃ padānaṃ saṅkhepato atthaṃ dassento ‘‘sace abhinipphādeti, iccetaṃ kusala’’nti āha. Evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ codento taṃ cīvaraṃ yadi nipphādeti, sakkoti attano paṭilābhavasena nipphādetuṃ, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ sādhu suṭṭhu sundaraṃ.
“Catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhībhūtena uddissa ṭhātabban”ti 这是举示站立特征的一个例子。“Chakkhattuparamanti”是中性词,意为“最多六次”:为了这件衣,应默然而立,不应做任何其他事,这就是站立的特征。其中,为了先显示所有站立场合共通的默然状态,在语句分解中说“tattha gantvā tuṇhībhūtena”等。其中,“na āsane nisīditabbaṃ”意为:即使被说“尊者,请坐在这里”,也不应坐下。“Na āmisaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ”意为:即使被请求“尊者,请接受”任何粥、硬食等食物,也不应接受。“Na dhammo bhāsitabbo”意为:即使被请求“请说法”或“请说祝福语”或“请说随喜语”,也不应说任何法,只应在被问“你为什么来?”时,说“贤友,你知道的”。“Pucchiyamāno”在此处是表示原因的主格。或者,应这样理解其意。显示巴利原文
Catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhībhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbanti ṭhānalakkhaṇanidassanametaṃ. Chakkhattuparamanti ca bhāvanapuṃsakavacanametaṃ, chakkhattuparamañhi etena cīvaraṃ uddissa tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbaṃ, na aññaṃ kiñci kātabbaṃ, idaṃ ṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ. Tattha yo sabbaṭṭhānānaṃ sādhāraṇo tuṇhībhāvo, taṃ tāva dassetuṃ padabhājane ‘‘tattha gantvā tuṇhībhūtenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha na āsane nisīditabbanti ‘‘idha, bhante, nisīdathā’’ti vuttenāpi na nisīditabbaṃ. Na āmisaṃ paṭiggahetabbanti yāgukhajjakādibhedaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhante’’ti yāciyamānenāpi na gaṇhitabbaṃ. Na dhammo bhāsitabboti maṅgalaṃ vā anumodanaṃ vā bhāsathāti yāciyamānenāpi kiñci na bhāsitabbaṃ, kevalaṃ ‘‘kiṃ kāraṇā āgatosī’’ti pucchiyamānena ‘‘jānāsi, āvuso’’ti vattabbo. Pucchiyamānoti idañhi karaṇatthe paccattavacanaṃ. Atha vā pucchaṃ kurumāno pucchiyamānoti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yo hi pucchaṃ karoti, so ettakaṃ vattabboti ṭhānaṃ bhañjatīti āgatakāraṇaṃ bhañjati.
现在已说明了三种举罪和六次站立。其中,为了显示增与减,而说“举罪四次”等。因为在这里,一次举罪的增加就等于两次站立的减少,所以显示了“一次举罪等于两次站立”的法则。依此法则可知:举罪三次,应站立六次;举罪两次,应站立八次;举罪一次,应站立十次。而且,正如说了“举罪六次后不应再站立”,同样也等于说了“站立十二次后不应再举罪”。因此,如果只举罪而不站立,则得六次举罪;如果只站立而不举罪,则得十二次站立;如果既举罪又站立,则每一次举罪应减去两次站立。其中,若有人在同一天内反复前往而举罪六次,或仅去一次而说“贤友,我需要衣”达六次;同样,在同一天内反复前往而站立十二次,或仅去一次而在各处站立,他便破坏了所有的举罪和所有的站立。至于在不同日子这样做的人,更不待言。应如此了知此处的决断。显示巴利原文
Idāni yā tisso codanā, cha ca ṭhānāni vuttāni. Tattha vuḍḍhiñca hāniñca dassento ‘‘catukkhattuṃ codetvā’’tiādimāha. Yasmā ca ettha ekacodanāvuḍḍhiyā dvinnaṃ ṭhānānaṃ hāni vuttā, tasmā ‘‘ekā codanā diguṇaṃ ṭhāna’’nti lakkhaṇaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Iti iminā lakkhaṇena tikkhattuṃ codetvā chakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, dvikkhattuṃ codetvā aṭṭhakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, sakiṃ codetvā dasakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbanti. Yathā ca ‘‘chakkhattuṃ codetvā na ṭhātabba’’nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘dvādasakkhattuṃ ṭhatvā na codetabba’’ntipi vuttameva hoti. Tasmā sace codetiyeva na tiṭṭhati, cha codanā labbhanti. Sace tiṭṭhatiyeva na codeti, dvādasa ṭhānāni labbhanti. Sace codetipi tiṭṭhatipi, ekāya codanāya dve ṭhānāni hāpetabbāni. Tattha yo ekadivasameva punappunaṃ gantvā chakkhattuṃ codeti, sakiṃyeva vā gantvā ‘‘attho me, āvuso, cīvarenā’’ti chakkhattuṃ vadati. Tathā ekadivasameva punappunaṃ gantvā dvādasakkhattuṃ tiṭṭhati, sakiṃyeva vā gantvā tatra tatra ṭhāne tiṭṭhati, sopi sabbacodanāyo sabbaṭṭhānāni ca bhañjati. Ko pana vādo nānādivasesu evaṃ karontassāti evamettha vinicchayo veditabbo.
“Yatassa cīvaracetāpannaṃ ābhatan”ti:从哪位国王或王家受禄者那里,为该比丘带来了衣资。“Yatvassā”ti也是异读,意义相同。也有读作“Yatthassā”ti的,解释为“在哪个地方为他送来了衣资”,但字面不合。“Tatthā”ti:在那位国王或王家受禄者的近前;此处的处格表示“附近”之义。“Na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhotī”ti:那衣资对该比丘不起任何作用,连些许事务也无法成办。“Yuñjantāyasmanto sakan”ti:诸尊者,请取回属于自己的财物。“Mā vo sakaṃ vinassā”ti:愿你们的财物不致损失。然而,若既不自往,也不遣使者,则犯坏威仪之恶作。显示巴利原文
Yatassa cīvaracetāpannaṃ ābhatanti yato rājato vā rājabhoggato vā assa bhikkhuno cīvaracetāpannaṃ ānītaṃ. Yatvassātipi pāṭho. Ayamevattho. ‘‘Yatthassā’’tipi paṭhanti, yasmiṃ ṭhāne assa cīvaracetāpannaṃ pesitanti ca atthaṃ kathenti, byañjanaṃ pana na sameti. Tatthāti tassa rañño vā rājabhoggassa vā santike; samīpatthe hi idaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhotīti taṃ cīvaracetāpannaṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci appamattakampi kammaṃ na nipphādeti. Yuñjantāyasmanto sakanti āyasmanto attano santakaṃ dhanaṃ pāpuṇantu. Mā vo sakaṃ vinassāti tumhākaṃ santakaṃ mā vinassatu. Yo pana neva sāmaṃ gacchati, na dūtaṃ pāheti, vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati.
那么,是否应对所有的净人都如此行持呢?不应如此行持。因为所谓净人,略有两种:已指定者与未指定者。其中,已指定者又分两种:由比丘指定者,由使者指定者。未指定者也分两种:当面净人与背后净人。在已指定者中,由比丘指定者依亲面与不亲面而有四种;由使者指定者也是如此。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana sabbakappiyakārakesu evaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti? Na paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Ayañhi kappiyakārako nāma saṅkhepato duvidho niddiṭṭho ca aniddiṭṭho ca. Tattha niddiṭṭho duvidho – bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho, dūtena niddiṭṭhoti. Aniddiṭṭhopi duvidho – mukhavevaṭika kappiyakārako, parammukhakappiyakārakoti. Tesu bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho sammukhāsammukhavasena catubbidho hoti. Tathā dūtena niddiṭṭhopi.
如何呢?在此,有人通过使者为某比丘的衣事送来非净物。使者来到该比丘处,说:“尊者,这是某某为您的衣事送来的,请接受。”比丘拒绝说:“这不净。”使者问:“尊者,您有执事人吗?”有些优婆塞为了求取功德而受嘱托“为比丘们作执事”,或是比丘们的知交、亲友而成为执事人,其中一位那时正坐在比丘近旁。比丘指定他说:“这位是比丘们的执事人。”使者便将非净物交到他手中,说“请为长老买衣后交给”,然后离去。这是由比丘亲面指定者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Idhekacco bhikkhussa cīvaratthāya dūtena akappiyavatthuṃ pahiṇati, dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, itthannāmena tumhākaṃ cīvaratthāya pahitaṃ, gaṇhatha na’’nti vadati, bhikkhu ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, dūto ‘‘atthi pana te, bhante, veyyāvaccakaro’’ti pucchati, puññatthikehi ca upāsakehi ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ karothā’’ti āṇattā vā, bhikkhūnaṃ vā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā keci veyyāvaccakarā honti, tesaṃ aññataro tasmiṃ khaṇe bhikkhussa santike nisinno hoti, bhikkhu taṃ niddisati ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro’’ti. Dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dehī’’ti gacchati, ayaṃ bhikkhunā sammukhāniddiṭṭho.
若无人坐在比丘近旁,比丘便指定说:“在某村,有名为某某的比丘执事人。”使者即前往,将非净物交到他手中,说“请为长老买衣后交给”,然后返回告知比丘后离去。此为由比丘不亲面指定者。显示巴利原文
No ce bhikkhussa santike nisinno hoti, apica kho bhikkhu niddisati – ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma gāme itthannāmo bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro’’ti, so gantvā tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dadeyyāsī’’ti āgantvā bhikkhussa ārocetvā gacchati, ayameko bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.
然而,这位使者并非亲自前来告知,而是另派一人前来说:“尊者,我已将衣资交到他手中,请您取衣。”这是比丘非当面指定的第二种情况。显示巴利原文
Na heva kho so dūto attanā āgantvā āroceti, apica kho aññaṃ pahiṇati ‘‘dinnaṃ mayā, bhante, tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ, cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti, ayaṃ dutiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.
然而,他并非另派他人,而是在临去时直接对比丘说:“我将把衣资交到他手中,你们可取衣。”这是比丘非当面指定的第三种情况。如此,一种为当面指定、三种为非当面指定,这四种便称为“由比丘指定的执事人”。对此,应按王戒学处中所说的方法行持。显示巴利原文
Na heva kho aññaṃ pahiṇati, apica kho gacchantova bhikkhuṃ vadati ‘‘ahaṃ tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti, ayaṃ tatiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro bhikkhunā niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu imasmiṃ rājasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
另有一位比丘,如前例般被使者询问时,或因确实没有,或因不愿费心,便说:“我们没有净人。”就在那时,恰有一人走了过来,使者便将非净物交到此人手中,说:“请从此人手中取衣。”说完便离去。这便是由使者当面指定者。显示巴利原文
Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito natthitāya vā, avicāretukāmatāya vā ‘‘natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako’’ti vadati, tasmiñca khaṇe koci manusso āgacchati, dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘imassa hatthato cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti vatvā gacchati, ayaṃ dūtena sammukhāniddiṭṭho.
另有一位使者走进村落,把不如法物品交给自己中意的某人手里,然后依前述方式回来告知,或派另一人传话,或说“我会把衣资放在某某手中,你们应取衣”后离去,这是第三种“使者非当面指定”。如此,一种为“当面指定”,三种为“非当面指定”,这四种统称为“由使者指定的执事人”。对此,应依《咩咩戒》中所说的方法处理。即如世尊所说:“诸比丘,有具信净心之人,将金银托付于如法执事者手中,说:‘以此供养圣者所如法者。’诸比丘,我允许接受由此所得之如法物,然而,诸比丘,我绝不说可以任何方式接受、寻求金银。”(《大品》299)在此,不应指责;只要不接受原来的金银,即使被指责、逼迫千百次,接受如法物品也是可以的。若对方不给,可另行指定一位如法执事者去取来。若愿意,可告知原施主;若不愿意,则不应告知。显示巴利原文
Aparo dūto gāmaṃ pavisitvā attanā abhirucitassa kassaci hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā purimanayeneva āgantvā āroceti, aññaṃ vā pahiṇati, ‘‘ahaṃ asukassa nāma hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti vatvā vā gacchati, ayaṃ tatiyo dūtena asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho, tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro dūtena niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu meṇḍakasikkhāpade vuttanayena paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, manussā saddhā pasannā, te kappiyakārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti – ‘iminā ayyassa yaṃ kappiyaṃ taṃ dethā’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ tato kappiyaṃ taṃ sādituṃ, na tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabbanti vadāmī’’ti (mahāva. 299). Ettha ca codanāya pamāṇaṃ natthi, mūlaṃ asādiyantena sahassakkhattumpi codanāya vā ṭhānena vā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ sādituṃ vaṭṭati. No ce deti, aññaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetvāpi āharāpetabbaṃ. Sace icchati mūlasāmikānampi kathetabbaṃ; no ce icchati na kathetabbaṃ.
另有一位比丘,依前述方式被使者询问时,说:“我们没有如法执事者。”这时,旁边有一人听到后,说:“拿来吧,居士,我来为圣者买衣供养。”使者便说:“那么居士,你就给他吧。”将物品交到那人手中后,未告知比丘便离去,这称为“当面委托的如法执事者”。又有一人,将不如法物品交到比丘的侍者或其他人手中,说:“请为长老买衣。”仅此一说便离去,这称为“背后委托的如法执事者”。这两种称为“未指定的如法执事者”。对此,应如对待非亲属、未邀请者那样处理。若他们自己持衣来施,则可接受;若不送来,则不应说任何话。这只是对“由使者送来衣资”的说明,即使亲自持来,对于施与饮食等物者,也是同样的原则。不仅为自己接受不被允许,若有人持金银来,说:“我将以此供养僧团,用于建造精舍、佛塔、或食堂等其中之一。”这也不应接受。因为《大注释》中说:为任何他人而接受者,犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito ‘‘natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako’’ti vadati, tadañño samīpe ṭhito sutvā ‘‘āhara bho ahaṃ ayyassa cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā dassāmī’’ti vadati. Dūto ‘‘handa bho dadeyyāsī’’ti tassa hatthe datvā bhikkhussa anārocetvāva gacchati, ayaṃ mukhavevaṭikakappiyakārako. Aparo bhikkhuno upaṭṭhākassa vā aññassa vā hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ dadeyyāsī’’ti ettova pakkamati, ayaṃ parammukhakappiyakārakoti ime dve aniddiṭṭhakappiyakārakā nāma. Etesu aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Sace sayameva cīvaraṃ ānetvā dadanti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce, kiñci na vattabbā. Desanāmattameva cetaṃ ‘‘dūtena cīvaracetāpannaṃ pahiṇeyyā’’ti sayaṃ āharitvāpi piṇḍapātādīnaṃ atthāya dadantesupi eseva nayo. Na kevalañca attanoyeva atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, sacepi koci jātarūparajataṃ ānetvā ‘‘idaṃ saṅghassa dammi, ārāmaṃ vā karotha cetiyaṃ vā bhojanasālādīnaṃ vā aññatara’’nti vadati, idampi sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yassa kassaci hi aññassatthāya sampaṭicchantassa dukkaṭaṃ hotīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.
然而,若被拒绝时(比丘)说“这不适合比丘们接受”,对方便说:“那就放在工匠或工人手中吧,你们只需知道善恶。”然后将物品交到他们手中离去,这是可以的。或者对方说:“将放在我的人手中,或放在我自己手中,你们只需为应施与之物的所需而派人来取。”这样也是可以的。显示巴利原文
Sace pana ‘‘nayidaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitte ‘‘vaḍḍhakīnaṃ vā kammakarānaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe sukatadukkaṭaṃ jānāthā’’ti vatvā tesaṃ hatthe datvā pakkamati, vaṭṭati. Athāpi ‘‘mama manussānaṃ hatthe bhavissati mayhameva vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe yaṃ yassa dātabbaṃ, tadatthāya peseyyāthā’’ti vadati, evampi vaṭṭati.
然而,若有人不特指僧团、僧组或个人,而说:“我们将这些金银供养塔,供养寺院,供养新工程。”这不应拒绝。应当告知如法执事者:“这些人这样说了。”但若被吩咐说:“你们为塔等的需要而收下存放吧。”则应拒绝说:“我们不能接受。”显示巴利原文
Sace pana saṅghaṃ vā gaṇaṃ vā puggalaṃ vā anāmasitvā ‘‘idaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ cetiyassa dema, vihārassa dema, navakammassa demā’’ti vadanti, paṭikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Ime idaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti kappiyakārakānaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. ‘‘Cetiyādīnaṃ atthāya tumhe gahetvā ṭhapethā’’ti vuttena pana ‘‘amhākaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbaṃ.
若有人带来许多金银,说:“我将这些供养僧团,请受用四种资具。”如果僧团接受了,那么在接受和使用时都犯戒。如果其中有一位比丘拒绝说:“这不如法。”而优婆塞说:“若不如法,那便归我所有。”随即离去。不应有任何人指责那位比丘说:“你障碍了僧团的利得。”因为若有人指责他,指责者自己反而有罪;而正是由那一位比丘,令许多人得以无罪。然而,如果比丘们拒绝说:“这不如法。”对方说:“那就存放在如法执事者手中,或存放在我的人手中,或存放在我自己手中,你们只需受用资具即可。”这便是如法的。显示巴利原文
Sace pana koci bahuṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ ānetvā ‘‘idaṃ saṅghassa dammi, cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti vadati, taṃ ce saṅgho sampaṭicchati, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpatti. Tatra ce eko bhikkhu ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, upāsako ca ‘‘yadi na kappati, mayhameva bhavissatī’’ti gacchati. So bhikkhu ‘‘tayā saṅghassa lābhantarāyo kato’’ti na kenaci kiñci vattabbo. Yo hi taṃ codeti, sveva sāpattiko hoti, tena pana ekena bahū anāpattikā katā. Sace pana bhikkhūhi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitte ‘‘kappiyakārakānaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, mama purisānaṃ vā mayhaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati.
为四种资具而布施的物品,应根据所需资具而用于相应的用途。为衣而布施的,应仅用于衣。如果衣没有这样的需要,而僧团在饮食等资具上匮乏,为了僧团的利益,通过白二甘马后,也可以用于那些用途。为饮食、医药资具而布施的,也依循这个原则。然而,为住所而布施的,因住所是重物,应仅用于住所。但如果比丘们舍弃住所离去,住所将会毁坏,这时允许舍弃住所而由比丘们受用。因此,为了维护住所,不应断除其根本,而应仅以维持之量受用。显示巴利原文
Catupaccayatthāya ca dinnaṃ yena yena paccayena attho hoti, tadatthaṃ upanetabbaṃ, cīvaratthāya dinnaṃ cīvareyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace cīvarena tādiso attho natthi, piṇḍapātādīhi saṅgho kilamati, saṅghasuṭṭhutāya apaloketvā tadatthāyapi upanetabbaṃ. Esa nayo piṇḍapātagilānapaccayatthāya dinnepi, senāsanatthāya dinnaṃ pana senāsanassa garubhaṇḍattā senāsaneyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace pana bhikkhūsu senāsanaṃ chaḍḍetvā gatesu senāsanaṃ vinassati, īdise kāle senāsanaṃ vissajjetvāpi bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogo anuññāto, tasmā senāsanajagganatthaṃ mūlacchejjaṃ akatvā yāpanamattaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
不仅金银,其他如田地、宅地等不如法物也不应接受。若有人说:“我有一座能产三升种子的大池塘,以此供养僧团。”若僧团接受,在接受和使用上皆犯戒。拒绝者则依前述方式,不受他人非议。因为若有人因此而指责他,指责者自己反而有罪,而由那一位比丘,使多人得以无罪。显示巴利原文
Na kevalañca hiraññasuvaṇṇameva, aññampi khettavatthādi akappiyaṃ na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Sace hi koci ‘‘mayhaṃ tisassasampādanakaṃ mahātaḷākaṃ atthi, taṃ saṅghassa dammī’’ti vadati, taṃ ce saṅgho sampaṭicchati, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpattiyeva. Yo pana taṃ paṭikkhipati, so purimanayeneva na kenaci kiñci vattabbo. Yo hi taṃ codeti, sveva sāpattiko hoti, tena pana ekena bahū anāpattikā katā.
若有人说了“我布施这样一座池塘”之后,被比丘们以“这不如法”拒绝,他便说:“僧团有某某和某某池塘,那些怎么就如法呢?”应当告诉他:“那必定是作了净施之后才布施的。”怎样布施才成为净施呢?答:说了“请使用四种资具”之后而布施的。他若说:“善哉,尊者,请僧团使用四种资具。”这样布施,则如法。又或者,说了“请接受池塘”之后,被以“不如法”拒绝,他问:“有净人吗?”被告知“没有”后,他说:“此事将由名为某某的人来处理,或将交到某某手中,或将在我自己手中,请僧团使用净物。”这样说,则如法。即使被以“不如法”拒绝,他说:“僧团将用水,将洗涤物品,鹿和鸟将饮用。”这样说,也如法。又或者,被以“不如法”拒绝后,他说:“请以净施的方式接受。”比丘说:“善哉,居士,僧团将饮水,将洗涤物品,鹿和鸟将饮用。”这样说之后,使用是如法的。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ‘‘tādisaṃyeva taḷākaṃ dammī’’ti vatvā bhikkhūhi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto vadati ‘‘asukañca asukañca saṅghassa taḷākaṃ atthi, taṃ kathaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So vattabbo – ‘‘kappiyaṃ katvā dinnaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Kathaṃ dinnaṃ kappiyaṃ hotīti? ‘‘Cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti vatvā dinnanti. So sace ‘‘sādhu, bhante, cattāro paccaye saṅgho paribhuñjatū’’ti deti, vaṭṭati. Athāpi ‘‘taḷākaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vatvā ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto ‘‘kappiyakārako atthī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘natthī’’ti vutte ‘‘idaṃ asuko nāma vicāressati, asukassa vā hatthe, mayhaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, saṅgho kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ paribhuñjatū’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Sacepi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto ‘‘udakaṃ paribhuñjissati, bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovissati, migapakkhino pivissantī’’ti vadati, evampi vaṭṭati. Athāpi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhitto vadati ‘‘kappiyasīsena gaṇhathā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, upāsaka, saṅgho pānīyaṃ pivissati, bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovissati, migapakkhino pivissantī’’ti vatvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
又或者,当有人说“我把我的池塘或水池布施给僧团”时,比丘说“善哉,居士,僧团将饮水”等语之后,使用是如法的。然而,若比丘们请求了手工劳作,并亲手挖掘了净地,为用水而建造了池塘,后来人们依靠此池塘种植庄稼,并在寺院中供养净物,这是如法的。若人们为利益僧团,自己挖掘了僧团的土地,并依靠此土地从所产的庄稼中供养净物,这样也是如法的。当人们说“请为我们指定一位净人”时,也可以指定。但是,若那些人因不堪国王课税逼迫而离去,由其他人接手后,却不给比丘们任何东西,则可禁止他们使用此水。而且,这只能在耕种时节禁止,不能在庄稼生长时节禁止。若他们辩说:“尊者,难道以前的人们不也是依靠这个种植庄稼的吗?”则应回答:“他们为僧团做了这样那样的服务,并供养了这样那样的净物。”若他们接着说:“我们也会供养。”这样也是如法的。显示巴利原文
Athāpi ‘‘mama taḷākaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā saṅghassa dammī’’ti ‘‘vutte, sādhu, upāsaka, saṅgho pānīyaṃ pivissatī’’tiādīni vatvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Yadi pana bhikkhūhi hatthakammaṃ yācitvā sahatthena ca kappiyapathaviṃ khanitvā udakaparibhogatthāya taḷākaṃ kāritaṃ hoti, taṃ ce nissāya sassaṃ nipphādetvā manussā vihāre kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, vaṭṭati. Atha manussā eva saṅghassa upakāratthāya saṅghikabhūmiṃ khanitvā taṃ nissāya nipphannasassato kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, evampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Amhākaṃ ekaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapethā’’ti vutte ca ṭhapetumpi labbhati. Atha pana te manussā rājabalinā upaddutā pakkamanti, aññe paṭipajjanti, na ca bhikkhūnaṃ kiñci denti, udakaṃ vāretuṃ labbhati. Tañca kho kasikammakāleyeva, na sassakāle. Sace te vadanti ‘‘nanu, bhante, pubbepi manussā imaṃ nissāya sassaṃ akaṃsū’’ti . Tato vattabbā – ‘‘te saṅghassa imañca imañca upakāraṃ akaṃsu, idañcidañca kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ adaṃsū’’ti. Sace vadanti – ‘‘mayampi dassāmā’’ti, evampi vaṭṭati.
然而,若有不明事理者以不如法的言说接受或建造池塘,比丘们不应受用该池塘,其依靠该池塘所得的净物亦不如法。若比丘们知该池塘已被舍弃,而原主人、或其子女、或其他任何族中后裔,再以如法的言说而布施,则为如法。若家族断绝,该地区领主夺取后而作布施,如同心峰山比丘为阿拉龙王后妃引出水渠的故事那样,亦为如法。显示巴利原文
Sace pana koci abyatto akappiyavohārena taḷākaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti vā kāreti vā, taṃ bhikkhūhi na paribhuñjitabbaṃ, taṃ nissāya laddhaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍampi akappiyameva. Sace bhikkhūhi pariccattabhāvaṃ ñatvā sāmiko vā tassa puttadhītaro vā añño vā koci vaṃse uppanno puna kappiyavohārena deti, vaṭṭati. Pacchinne kulavaṃse yo tassa janapadassa sāmiko, so acchinditvā puna deti, cittalapabbate bhikkhunā nīhaṭaudakavāhakaṃ aḷanāgarājamahesī viya, evampi vaṭṭati.
对于以如法言说、以水为因缘而接受的池塘,具净信心者可以作挖泥、筑堤等事。然而,若见有人依靠该池塘种植庄稼,不可指定净人。若他们自己主动供养净物,便可接受;若不供养,则不应催促,不应提醒。对于以资具为因缘而接受的池塘,可以指定净人,但挖泥、筑堤等事则不可为。若净人们自己主动作,则是如法的。然而,对于由不明事理而有惭耻心的比丘所令建造的池塘,虽在接受上是如法的,但因由比丘指使的因缘而生起之物,即成为混杂,犹如掺杂毒物的饭食,又如混有不如法肉味的食物,难以受用,对所有人皆不如法。显示巴利原文
Kappiyavohārepi udakavasena paṭiggahitataḷāke suddhacittānaṃ mattikuddharaṇapāḷibandhanādīni ca kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ nissāya pana sassaṃ karonte disvā kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yadi te sayameva kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce denti, na codetabbaṃ, na sāretabbaṃ. Paccayavasena paṭiggahitataḷāke kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mattikuddharaṇapāḷibandhanādīni pana kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace kappiyakārakā sayameva karonti, vaṭṭati. Abyattena pana lajjibhikkhunā kārāpitesu kiñcāpi paṭiggahaṇe kappiyaṃ, bhikkhussa payogapaccayā uppannena missakattā visagatapiṇḍapāto viya akappiyamaṃsarasamissakabhojanaṃ viya ca dubbinibbhogaṃ hoti, sabbesaṃ akappiyameva.
然而,若仅就水作安排,说:‘有蓄水之处,池塘的堤岸牢固,要让它能蓄很多水,就这样做,在岸边附近蓄水吧。’如此是如法的。不可在灶中生火,但可以说:‘愿优婆塞们得到水的工作。’然而,说‘种了庄稼后拿来’则不如法。若见到池塘中水过多,让人在眼前或背后开挖水渠,让人砍伐树林作成稻田,或在旧稻田中不取通常的份额而多取,或对新稻、非时稻,在不划分份额的情况下,让人拿出铜钱而说‘给这么多铜钱’,这一切对所有人皆不如法。显示巴利原文
Sace pana ‘‘udakassa okāso atthi, taḷākassa pāḷi thirā, yathā bahuṃ udakaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ karohi, tīrasamīpe udakaṃ karohī’’ti evaṃ udakameva vicāreti, vaṭṭati. Uddhane aggiṃ na pātenti, ‘‘udakakammaṃ labbhatu upāsakā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Sassaṃ katvā āharathā’’ti vattuṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Sace pana taḷāke atibahuṃ udakaṃ disvā passato vā piṭṭhito vā mātikaṃ nīharāpeti, vanaṃ chindāpetvā kedāre kārāpeti, porāṇakedāresu vā pakatibhāgaṃ aggahetvā atirekaṃ gaṇhāti, navasasse vā akālasasse vā aparicchinnabhāge ‘‘ettake kahāpaṇe dethā’’ti kahāpaṇe uṭṭhāpeti, sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ.
如果有人不说“你们耕田吧,你们播种吧”,而是如此划定土地:“这块地有多少,这一份额名为某某”;或者当耕作者说“我们在这些田地上种了庄稼,请收取某某命名的份额”时,他便为确定土地面积而用绳或竿子丈量,或站在打谷场守护,或让人从打谷场运出,或收藏入仓库——这对他来说是不如法的。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ‘‘kassatha vapathā’’ti avatvā ‘‘ettakāya bhūmiyā, ettako nāma bhāgo’’ti evaṃ bhūmiṃ vā patiṭṭhapeti, ‘‘ettake bhūmibhāge amhehi sassaṃ kataṃ, ettakaṃ nāma bhāgaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadantesu kassakesu bhūmippamāṇaggahaṇatthaṃ rajjuyā vā daṇḍena vā mināti, khale vā ṭhatvā rakkhati, khalato vā nīharāpeti, koṭṭhāgāre vā paṭisāmeti, tasseva taṃ akappiyaṃ.
如果耕作者们拿来铜钱说:“这些是拿来供养僧团的。”某位比丘心想“僧团不吞食铜钱”,便说:“用这些铜钱去换取布料来,用这些去置办粥等。”那么他们所拿来的物品,对所有人都不如法。为什么?因为处理了铜钱。显示巴利原文
Sace kassakā kahāpaṇe āharitvā ‘‘ime saṅghassa āhaṭā’’ti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu ‘‘na saṅgho kahāpaṇe khādatī’’ti saññāya ‘‘ettakehi kahāpaṇehi sāṭake āhara, ettakehi yāguādīni sampādehī’’ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattā.
如果他们拿来谷物说:“这是拿来供养僧团的。”某位比丘如前的方式说:“用这些稻谷去换取这个和那个来。”那么他们所拿来的物品,只对他本人不如法。为什么?因为处理了谷物。显示巴利原文
Sace dhaññaṃ āharitvā idaṃ saṅghassa āhaṭanti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu purimanayeneva ‘‘ettakehi vīhīhi idañcidañca āharathā’’ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, tasseva akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Dhaññassa vicāritattā.
若有人取来稻米或杂粮,并说“这是供养僧团的”,而另有比丘依照前述方式说“用这些稻米去换取这样那样的物品”,则他们所取来之物,对所有人皆属如法。何以故?因为如法的稻米等已经过如法处理。即便涉及买卖亦无犯,因为已向净人作了说明。显示巴利原文
Sace taṇḍulaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā āharitvā ‘‘idaṃ saṅghassa āhaṭa’’nti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu purimanayeneva ‘‘ettakehi taṇḍulehi idañcidañca āharathā’’ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, sabbesaṃ kappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kappiyānaṃ taṇḍulādīnaṃ vicāritattā. Kayavikkayepi anāpatti, kappiyakārakassa ācikkhitattā.
从前,在质多罗山有一位比丘,为了向净人们示意,便在四柱厅门口的地上画了一个圈,心想:“啊,但愿明天能为僧团烤制如此大小的饼。”一位聪明的净人看见后,便照此而行。次日,击鼓集众之后,他拿着饼对僧团长老说:“尊者,我们从父亲、祖父那里从未听说过这样的事。一位尊者为饼而在四柱厅门口作了示意。从今往后,请尊者们各自明言自己的心意,我们也能过得安乐。”大长老当即从那里折返,没有一位比丘接受那块饼。由此可见,从前即使是如此产生的物品,他们也不受用。因此——显示巴利原文
Pubbe pana cittalapabbate eko bhikkhu catusāladvāre ‘‘aho vata sve saṅghassa ettakappamāṇe pūve paceyyu’’nti ārāmikānaṃ saññājananatthaṃ bhūmiyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ akāsi, taṃ disvā cheko ārāmiko tatheva katvā dutiyadivase bheriyā ākoṭitāya sannipatite saṅghe pūvaṃ gahetvā saṅghattheraṃ āha – ‘‘bhante, amhehi ito pubbe neva pitūnaṃ na pitāmahānaṃ evarūpaṃ sutapubbaṃ, ekena ayyena catussāladvāre pūvatthāya saññā katā, ito dāni pabhuti ayyā attano attano cittānurūpaṃ vadantu, amhākampi phāsuvihāro bhavissatī’’ti. Mahāthero tatova nivatti, ekabhikkhunāpi pūvo na gahito. Evaṃ pubbe tatruppādampi na paribhuñjiṃsu. Tasmā –
舍弃了损减烦恼、放逸不护的比丘,
即使是对如法之物,亦不应为利养而起贪求。
显示巴利原文 Sallekhaṃ accajantena, appamattena bhikkhunā; Kappiyepi na kātabbā, āmisatthāya lolatāti.
池塘中所说的原则,同样适用于莲池、引水渠等。显示巴利原文
Yo cāyaṃ taḷāke vutto, pokkharaṇī-udakavāhakamātikādīsupi eseva nayo.
对于任何生长谷物、杂粮、甘蔗、果实等的田地或园地,纵使有人说“我布施”,也应予以拒绝,说“不可行”。唯有当他如池塘中所说那般,以如法的言辞说“我为四种资具的受用而布施”时,方可接受。若说“我布施树林”“我布施荒野”,则是可以的。若有人未经比丘吩咐,自行在那里砍树、种植杂粮等,并将份额给予比丘,可以接受;若不给予,不应催促。若他们因某种障碍而离去,换由他人来做,且不给予比丘任何东西,则应阻止他们。若他们说:“尊者,难道先前的人不也在这里种庄稼吗?”应告诉他们:“那些人曾给予僧团这样那样的如法物品。”若他们说:“我们也会给。”如此则是可行的。显示巴利原文
Pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇaucchuphalāphalādīnaṃ viruhanaṭṭhānaṃ yaṃ kiñci khettaṃ vā vatthuṃ vā dammīti vuttepi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitvā taḷāke vuttanayeneva yadā kappiyavohārena ‘‘catupaccayaparibhogatthāya dammī’’ti vadati, tadā sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, ‘‘vanaṃ dammi, araññaṃ dammī’’ti vutte pana vaṭṭati. Sace manussā bhikkhūhi anāṇattāyeva tattha rukkhe chinditvā aparaṇṇādīni sampādetvā bhikkhūnaṃ bhāgaṃ denti, vaṭṭati; adentā na codetabbā. Sace kenacideva antarāyena tesu pakkantesu aññe karonti, na ca bhikkhūnaṃ kiñci denti, te vāretabbā. Sace vadanti – ‘‘nanu, bhante, pubbepi manussā idha sassāni akaṃsū’’ti, tato te vattabbā – ‘‘te saṅghassa idañcidañca kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ adaṃsū’’ti. Sace vadanti – ‘‘mayampi dassāmā’’ti evaṃ vaṭṭati.
若针对某块能生长庄稼的土地说“我们布施界”,这是可以的。但不可自行竖立柱子或石头来划定界。何以故?因为土地是无价的,即使因少量土地也可能犯波罗夷。然而,应当告诉净人们:“我们的界经过此处。”即使他们多取了,由于是以间接方式说明的,故无犯。若国王、大臣等自行令人竖立柱子后说“请受用四种资具”,那也是可以的。显示巴利原文
Kañci sassuṭṭhānakaṃ bhūmippadesaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sīmaṃ demā’’ti vadanti, vaṭṭati. Sīmā paricchedanatthaṃ pana thambhā vā pāsāṇā vā sayaṃ na ṭhapetabbā. Kasmā? Bhūmi nāma anagghā appakenāpi pārājiko bhaveyya, ārāmikānaṃ pana vattabbaṃ – ‘‘iminā ṭhānena amhākaṃ sīmā gatā’’ti. Sacepi hi te adhikaṃ gaṇhanti, pariyāyena kathitattā anāpatti. Yadi pana rājarājamahāmattādayo sayameva thambhe ṭhapāpetvā ‘‘cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā’’ti denti, vaṭṭatiyeva.
若有人在界内挖掘池塘,或引水渠穿过寺院中间,或毁坏塔院、菩提树院等,应予以阻止。若僧团因看重利养而得到某物后不加阻止,而一位比丘加以阻止,那位比丘就是主事者。若一位比丘不加阻止,反而说“你们做吧”,他便成了他们一伙;若僧团阻止,僧团就是主事者。因为在僧团事务中,谁行如法之事,谁就是主事者。若被阻止后仍继续做,则应将下方挖出的土填回下方,上方挖出的土填回上方,予以复原。显示巴利原文
Sace koci antosīmāya taḷākaṃ khanati, vihāramajjhena vā mātikaṃ neti, cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇādīni dussanti, vāretabbo. Sace saṅgho kiñci labhitvā āmisagarukatāya na vāreti, eko bhikkhu vāreti, sova bhikkhu issaro. Sace eko bhikkhu na vāreti, ‘‘netha tumhe’’ti tesaṃyeva pakkho hoti, saṅgho vāreti, saṅghova issaro. Saṅghikesu hi kammesu yo dhammakammaṃ karoti, sova issaro. Sace vāriyamānopi karoti, heṭṭhā gahitaṃ paṃsuṃ heṭṭhā pakkhipitvā, upari gahitaṃ paṃsuṃ upari pakkhipitvā pūretabbā.
若有人想布施未经加工的甘蔗、杂粮,或葫芦、南瓜等藤蔓果实,说“我布施这整片甘蔗田、杂粮地、藤蔓果园区”,大善见长老说“不可行”,因为这是连同土地一起执取了。而大莲花长老则说:“这仅仅是言语表达,那块地毕竟属于施主们,所以是可以的。”显示巴利原文
Sace koci yathājātameva ucchuṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā alābukumbhaṇḍādikaṃ vā valliphalaṃ dātukāmo ‘‘etaṃ sabbaṃ ucchukhettaṃ aparaṇṇavatthuṃ valliphalāvāṭaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, saha vatthunā parāmaṭṭhattā ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero pana ‘‘abhilāpamattametaṃ sāmikānaṃyeva hi so bhūmibhāgo tasmā vaṭṭatī’’ti āha.
若说“我布施奴仆”,不可行。若说“我布施净人、我布施服务者、我布施如法工作者”,则可以。若该净人午前午后都为僧团工作,则应像对待沙弥一样,给予他一切医药照顾。若他只在午前为僧团工作,午后做自己的事,则傍晚不应给予食物。那些每隔五天或每半月为僧团工作,其余时间做自己事的人,也仅在他们工作的日子应给予食物和资具。若没有僧团的工作,他们仅靠自己的劳作维生;若他们带来手工劳动的成果供养,可以接受;若不给予,则不应说什么。任何洗衣奴、织工奴,以净人之名接受都是可以的。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dāsaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Ārāmikaṃ dammi, veyyāvaccakaraṃ dammi, kappiyakārakaṃ dammī’’ti vutte vaṭṭati. Sace so ārāmiko purebhattampi pacchābhattampi saṅghasseva kammaṃ karoti, sāmaṇerassa viya sabbaṃ bhesajjapaṭijagganampi tassa kātabbaṃ. Sace purebhattameva saṅghassa kammaṃ karoti, pacchābhattaṃ attano kammaṃ karoti, sāyaṃ nivāpo na dātabbo. Yepi pañcadivasavārena vā pakkhavārena vā saṅghassa kammaṃ katvā sesakāle attano kammaṃ karonti, tesampi karaṇakāleyeva bhattañca nivāpo ca dātabbo. Sace saṅghassa kammaṃ natthi, attanoyeva kammaṃ katvā jīvanti, te ce hatthakammamūlaṃ ānetvā denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce denti, na kiñci vattabbā. Yaṃ kiñci rajakadāsampi pesakāradāsampi ārāmikanāmena sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati.
若有人说“我们布施牛”,应拒绝:“不可。”智者会问:“这些牛为何而施?”若答:“智者是为了受用五种牛味而布施的”,或说“我们也是为了受用五种牛味而布施”,则可以。山羊等也是如此。若有人说“我们布施象、布施马、布施水牛、布施鸡、布施猪”,不可接受。若有人说:“尊者,你们不必操心,我们拿了这些后会给你们如法物品。”这样是可以的。可以将鸡和猪放归山林,说“愿它们安乐生活”。若有人说“我们将这池塘、这田地、这地基布施给寺院”,不应拒绝。此处其余内容意义明显。显示巴利原文
Sace ‘‘gāvo demā’’ti vadanti, ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbā. Imā gāvo kutoti paṇḍitehi pañca gorasaparibhogatthāya dinnāti, ‘‘mayampi pañcagorasaparibhogatthāya demā’’ti vutte vaṭṭati. Ajikādīsupi eseva nayo. ‘‘Hatthiṃ dema, assaṃ mahisaṃ kukkuṭaṃ sūkaraṃ demā’’ti vadanti, sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace keci manussā ‘‘appossukkā, bhante, tumhe hotha, mayaṃ ime gahetvā tumhākaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ dassāmā’’ti gaṇhanti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Kukkuṭasūkarā sukhaṃ jīvantū’’ti araññe vissajjetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Imaṃ taḷākaṃ, imaṃ khettaṃ, imaṃ vatthuṃ, vihārassa demā’’ti vutte paṭikkhipituṃ na labbhatīti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
在等起等分类中,这也是六种等起、是造作、非想解脱、无心、是施设罪、是身语业、有三心、有三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ , ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 拘舍耶品显示巴利原文
2. Kosiyavaggo
1. 拘舍耶学处解释显示巴利原文
1. Kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
542 542. “那时”等,是拘舍耶学处。其中,“铺开后制成”,指在平坦地面,将拘舍耶丝线层层铺展,再用米浆等浇洒而制成。“即使与一根拘舍耶丝混合”:且不说按己意混合,即使在制作之处,风吹来一根拘舍耶丝掉落其中,如此也是混合后制成。其余意义浅显。显示巴利原文
542.Tenasamayenāti kosiyasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha santharitvā kataṃ hotīti same bhūmibhāge kosiyaṃsūni uparūpari santharitvā kañjikādīhi siñcitvā kataṃ hoti. Ekenapi kosiyaṃsunā missitvāti tiṭṭhatu attano rucivasena missitaṃ, sacepi tassa karaṇaṭṭhāne vāto ekaṃ kosiyaṃsuṃ ānetvā pāteti, evampi missetvā katameva hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
六种起源、是造作、非想解脱、无心、依施设而犯、身业与语业、显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,
三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 纯黑学处解释显示巴利原文
2. Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
547 547. “那时”等,为纯黑学处。其中,“纯黑”指纯黑色,即不与其他颜色相杂的黑,这是其含义。其余意义浅显。其起源等也与拘舍耶学处相似。显示巴利原文
547.Tena samayenāti suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha suddhakāḷakānanti suddhānaṃ kāḷakānaṃ , aññehi amissitakāḷakānanti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Samuṭṭhānādīnipi kosiyasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
3. 二分学处解释显示巴利原文
3. Dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
552 552. “那时”等,为二分学处。其中,“从边缘取”是指将白色部分像顺风一样安置在敷具的边缘,并使其附着。显示巴利原文
552.Tena samayenāti dvebhāgasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ante ādiyitvāti santhatassa ante anuvātaṃ viya dassetvā odātaṃ alliyāpetvā.
“二分”指两份。“应取”指应当拿取。“牧色”指黄褐色。“应取两份秤”是针对想要用四秤制作的人而言。然而从义理上说,无论想用多少羊毛制作,其中两份为黑色,一份为白色,一份为牧色,应知此处只是显示这一比例。其余意义浅显。显示巴利原文
Dve bhāgāti dve koṭṭhāsā. Ādātabbāti gahetabbā. Gocariyānanti kapilavaṇṇānaṃ. Dve tulā ādātabbāti catūhi tulāhi kāretukāmaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atthato pana yattakehi eḷakalomehi kātukāmo hoti, tesu dve koṭṭhāsā kāḷakānaṃ eko odātānaṃ, eko gocariyānanti idameva dassitaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
起源等方面亦与拘舍耶学处相同。唯应了知:此因有取与不取之行,故为造作亦非造作。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīnipi kosiyasikkhāpadasadisāneva. Kevalaṃ idaṃ ādāya anādāya ca karaṇato kiriyākiriyaṃ veditabbanti.
4. 六年学处解释显示巴利原文
4. Chabbassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
557 557. “那时”等语,属于六年学处。其中,“他们大便、他们小便”意思是说,他们在敷具上大便、小便,这便是所说之义。显示巴利原文
557.Tenasamayenāti chabbassasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ūhadantipi ummihantipīti santhatānaṃ upari vaccampi passāvampi karontīti vuttaṃ hoti.
“僧团已授予某比丘敷具许可”:得此许可的比丘,只要疾病未愈,无论去到哪里,皆可于该处制作敷具。若彼痊愈后,又因旧疾而再度生病,那仍是同一种开许,无须另行许可手续,这是普沙提婆长老所说。而优波提舍长老说:“无论是旧疾复发,还是罹患他病,既然已得‘一次生病’之名,便不再需要许可手续。”显示巴利原文
Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutīti evaṃ laddhasammutiko bhikkhu yāva rogo na vūpasammati, tāva yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, tattha tattha santhataṃ kātuṃ labhati. Sace arogo hutvā puna mūlabyādhināva gilāno hoti, soyeva parihāro, natthaññaṃ sammutikiccanti phussadevatthero āha. Upatissatthero pana ‘‘so vā byādhi paṭikuppatu, añño vā, ‘sakiṃ gilāno’ti nāmaṃ laddhaṃ laddhameva, puna sammutikiccaṃ natthī’’ti āha.
‘在六年之内’,意指在六年的范围以内,这是其含义。在分别句中,则为了显示只是数量,故说‘不足六年’。显示巴利原文
Orenace channaṃ vassānanti channaṃ vassānaṃ orimabhāge, antoti attho. Padabhājane pana saṅkhyāmattadassanatthaṃ ‘‘ūnakachabbassānī’’ti vuttaṃ.
所谓‘无犯:六年做’,是指六年期满时制作敷具。第二句也应这样理解:‘当超过六年时,那时制作’。因为并非在六年期间制作。其余的含义浅显明白。显示巴利原文
Anāpatti chabbassāni karotīti yadā chabbassāni paripuṇṇāni honti, tadā santhataṃ karoti. Dutiyapadepi ‘‘yadā atirekachabbassāni honti, tadā karotī’’ti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Na hi so chabbassāni karotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
其起源等,与拘舍耶学处相似。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīni kosiyasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
5. 坐具学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
565 565.“那时”等,是指坐具学处。其中,“诸比丘,我想要”:据说世尊在那三个月里,未曾见到任何可度化的众生,因而这样说。即便如此,依传统也还是应当说法的。然而,因为他这样想:“在我给与机会而独处时,比丘们会制定非法的规约,优波先那将打破它。我便会对他生起净信,允许比丘们见面;此后,许多想见我的比丘将受持头陀支,我将以他们舍弃敷具为缘,而制定学处。”因此他这样说了。这里有这般众多的利益。显示巴利原文
565.Tena samayenāti nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha icchāmahaṃ bhikkhaveti bhagavā kira taṃ temāsaṃ na kiñci bodhaneyyasattaṃ addasa, tasmā evamāha. Evaṃ santepi tantivasena dhammadesanā kattabbā siyā. Yasmā panassa etadahosi – ‘‘mayi okāsaṃ kāretvā paṭisallīne bhikkhū adhammikaṃ katikavattaṃ karissanti, taṃ upaseno bhindissati. Ahaṃ tassa pasīditvā bhikkhūnaṃ dassanaṃ anujānissāmi, tato maṃ passitukāmā bahū bhikkhū dhutaṅgāni samādiyissanti, ahañca tehi ujjhitasanthatapaccayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti, tasmā evamāha. Evaṃ bahūni hi ettha ānisaṃsānīti.
“与眷属一起前往世尊处”:据说,长老心想:“诸比丘,不足十夏者不应授具足戒,若授者犯恶作。”就在这《篇章》的学处中,他因“愚人!你自己尚且要受人教诫、听人训导,怎能想到去教诫、训导他人?”等语而遭受呵责后,心中思量:“导师只因我的眷属而给予呵责。如今,我要以那宛如圆满月轮般庄严、具足一切相好的面容发出梵音,正是要凭依眷属,而令世尊给予称赞。”这位善心善家子便退了回去,跋涉超过一百由旬,集合眷属,由大约五百位比丘围绕,再次前往世尊处。因此说“与眷属一起前往世尊处”。因为除了具足行仪,别无他法能令诸佛满意。显示巴利原文
Sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti thero kira ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo, yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 75) imasmiṃ khandhakasikkhāpade ‘‘kathañhi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasī’’ti evamādinā nayena garahaṃ labhitvā ‘‘satthā mayhaṃ parisaṃ nissāya garahaṃ adāsi, so dānāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ teneva puṇṇacandasassirīkena sabbākāraparipuṇṇena mukhena brahmaghosaṃ nicchāretvā parisaṃyeva nissāya sādhukāraṃ dāpessāmī’’ti suhadayo kulaputto atirekayojanasataṃ paṭikkamitvā parisaṃ cinitvā pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi parivuto puna bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamanto. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī’’ti. Na hi sakkā buddhānaṃ aññathā ārādhetuṃ aññatra vattasampattiyā.
“坐在离世尊不远处”:由于具足行仪、清净无染,他如狮子般无有畏惧,坐在宛如金山的世尊不远处。“说了这话”:为了发起对话而说了这话。“比丘,你的粪扫衣合意吗?”:比丘,你的这些粪扫衣合你意吗?意思是,是你出于自己的欢喜与认可而取用的吗?“尊者,不合意”:尊者,并非出于欢喜而取用,我就像被人抓住脖子、殴打头部一般,是被迫取用的。他如此表示。显示巴利原文
Bhagavatoavidūre nisinnoti vattasampattiyā parisuddhabhāvena nirāsaṅko sīho viya kañcanapabbatassa bhagavato avidūre nisinno. Etadavocāti kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ etaṃ avoca. Manāpāni te bhikkhu paṃsukūlānīti bhikkhu tava imāni paṃsukūlāni manāpāni, attano ruciyā khantiyā gahitānīti attho. Na kho me, bhante, manāpānīti, bhante na mayā attano ruciyā gahitāni, galaggāhena viya matthakatāḷanena viya ca gāhitomhīti dasseti.
“将获慧”意为:将成为被了知、被通晓者,即于此处将被见到——这是所说之义。“我们不施设未制立者”意为:我们这些名为声闻的弟子,不施设尚未制立之学处;因为以“波逸提、恶作”等名目施设未制之学处,或废除已制之学处,乃是佛陀的领域。“受持”意为:领受诸学处,完全接受后,以“善哉!善哉!”随喜,而于一切依所制之学处中修学;他发起心后,又再给予“善哉!善哉!”的随喜。显示巴利原文
Paññāyissatīti paññāto abhiññāto bhavissati, tattha sandississatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Na mayaṃ apaññattaṃ paññapessāmāti mayaṃ sāvakā nāma apaññattaṃ na paññapessāma, buddhavisayo hi eso yadidaṃ ‘‘pācittiyaṃ dukkaṭa’’ntiādinā nayena apaññattasikkhāpadapaññapanaṃ paññattasamucchindanaṃ vā. Samādāyāti taṃ taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyitvā, ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā yathāpaññattesu sabbasikkhāpadesu sikkhissāmāti dasseti. Tassa āraddhacitto punapi ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti sādhukāramadāsi.
566 “已允许的,贤友”意为:贤友,已被允许了。“羡慕”意为:正在羡慕。“舍弃了敷具”意为:舍弃了所有称为第四衣的敷具。世尊见到敷具散乱,便作法语开示,对比丘们说:“毁坏信施之物实无理由。我将为你们开示这些敷具的受用方法。”显示巴利原文
566.Anuññātāvusoti anuññātaṃ, āvuso. Pihentāti pihayantā. Santhatāni ujjhitvāti santhate catutthacīvarasaññitāya sabbasanthatāni ujjhitvā. Dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesīti bhagavā santhatāni vippakiṇṇāni disvā ‘‘saddhādeyyavinipātane kāraṇaṃ natthi, paribhogupāyaṃ nesaṃ dassessāmī’’ti dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi.
567 “一次穿着,一次披覆”意为:一次坐下和一次躺卧。“周边”意为:从一边切取圆形或方形,使所取之处约为一搩手,应如此取。而铺设时应依律典所说的方法,或铺于一处,或拆散后混合铺设,如此则更为牢固。其余文义容易了知。显示巴利原文
567.Sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampīti sakiṃ nisinnañceva nipannañca. Sāmantāti ekapassato vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā chinditvā gahitaṭṭhānaṃ yathā vidatthimattaṃ hoti, evaṃ gahetabbaṃ, santharantena pana pāḷiyaṃ vuttanayeneva ekadese vā santharitabbaṃ, vijaṭetvā vā missakaṃ katvā santharitabbaṃ, evaṃ thirataraṃ hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
就等起等诸方面而言,此学处兼具行作与非行作,故与二部分学处相似。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīni kiriyākiriyattā imassa sikkhāpadassa dvebhāgasikkhāpadasadisānīti.
在这五种敷具中,前三种若经羯磨而获得,不得受用;后两种则得以受用,应当如是了知。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana pañcasu santhatesu purimāni tīṇi vinayakammaṃ katvā paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭanti, pacchimāni dve vaṭṭantīti veditabbānīti.
6. 羊毛学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Eḷakalomasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
571 571.“那时”属于羊毛学处。其中,“嘲笑”意为:以“尊者,花了多少钱买的?”等语加以讥笑。“站着就倒下”的意思是:犹如有人从林中运来大捆木材,疲惫时便站着将其丢弃,这里即指那样倒下,此为其义。显示巴利原文
571.Tenasamayenāti eḷakalomasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha uppaṇḍesunti ‘‘kittakena, bhante, kītānī’’tiādīni vadantā avahasiṃsu. Ṭhitakova āsumbhīti yathā manussā araññato mahantaṃ dārubhāraṃ ānetvā kilantā ṭhitakāva pātenti, evaṃ pātesīti attho.
572 “自手”:即用自己的手,意为应自己携带,这是所说的意思。“使超出三由旬外”:意为使超出三由旬之外。若无障碍而掉落,从手中一释放,便依羊毛数量计为舍堕波逸提。若在三由旬外被树或柱挡住,又落入界内,无犯。若羊毛束落地后停住,停住后再滚动进入界内,仍是犯。若在界内停住,用手、脚或棍拨动,不论停住与否,毛束滚动而去,仍是犯。若放置时想“他人会携带”,由那人携带亦是犯。若以净心放置,风或其他自然原因使其落出界外,仍是犯。因为此学处属有意,并非无心。然而在《库伦第》等中说“此处无犯”,此无犯与巴利圣典不符。将两束合为一束,一束放在界内,一束放在界外而放置,则得护持。若合为一束放在扁担上,也是同样。但若未绑而仅放在扁担一端,则不得护持。即使合为一束,若翻转放置,仍是犯。显示巴利原文
572.Sahatthāti sahatthena, attanā haritabbānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bahitiyojanaṃ pātetīti tiyojanato bahi pāteti. Anantarāyena patanake hatthato muttamatte lomagaṇanāya nissaggiyapācittiyāni. Sace bahitiyojane rukkhe vā thambhe vā paṭihaññitvā puna anto patanti, anāpatti . Bhūmiyaṃ patitvā ṭhatvā ṭhatvā vaṭṭamānā eḷakalomabhaṇḍikā puna anto pavisati, āpattiyeva. Anto ṭhatvā hatthena vā pādena vā yaṭṭhiyā vā vaṭṭeti ṭhatvā vā aṭhatvā vā vaṭṭamānā bhaṇḍikā gacchatu, āpattiyeva. ‘‘Añño harissatī’’ti ṭhapeti, tena haritepi āpattiyeva. Suddhacittena ṭhapitaṃ vāto vā añño vā attano dhammatāya bahi pāteti, āpattiyeva. Saussāhattā acittakattā ca sikkhāpadassa. Kurundiyādīsu pana ‘‘ettha anāpattī’’ti vuttā, sā anāpatti pāḷiyā na sameti. Ubhatobhaṇḍikaṃ ekābaddhaṃ katvā ekaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ antosīmāya ekaṃ bahisīmāya karonto ṭhapeti, rakkhati tāva. Ekābaddhe kājepi eseva nayo. Yadi pana abandhitvā kājakoṭiyaṃ ṭhapitamattameva hoti, na rakkhati. Ekābaddhepi parivattetvā ṭhapite āpattiyeva.
“在他人之车乘等中”:此处,若在行进的车乘中,或在象背等上,物主不知情,而放置想“此人会携带”,当那车乘超过三由旬时,犯。车乘即使未行进,亦是同理。但若在未行进的车乘或象背等上放置后,登上去而驱策,或在下方行进者驱策,或呼唤而令人跟随,依“使他人携带”之语,无犯。然而在《库伦第》等中说“犯”,这与“使他人携带”之语不符。而在不与取中,于关税处有犯。在那里是犯的,在此处则是无犯;在此处是犯的,在那里则是无犯。到达该处后,因其他事务或被盗贼等侵扰而行,仍是犯。一切处应知依羊毛数量判定犯。显示巴利原文
Aññassa yāne vāti ettha gacchante yāne vā hatthipiṭṭhiādīsu vā sāmikassa ajānantasseva harissatīti ṭhapeti, tasmiṃ tiyojanaṃ atikkante āpatti. Agacchantepi eseva nayo. Sace pana agacchante yāne vā hatthipiṭṭhiyādīsu vā ṭhapetvā abhiruhitvā sāreti, heṭṭhā vā gacchanto codeti, pakkosanto vā anubandhāpeti, ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti vacanato anāpatti. Kurundiyādīsu pana ‘‘āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti iminā na sameti. Adinnādāne pana suṅkaghāte āpatti hoti. Yā hi tattha āpatti, sā idha anāpatti. Yā idha āpatti, sā tattha anāpatti. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā aññavihito vā corādīhi vā upadduto gacchati, āpattiyeva. Sabbattha lomagaṇanāya āpattiparicchedo veditabbo.
575 “以三由旬为住处意图,去后从此更携带”:到了某处后,因未得到诵经、问义等,或未得到资具等,从此更去别处,又从那里去别处,如此即便携带百由旬,亦无犯。“获得未遭抢断的”:盗贼抢断后知其无用,便归还,携带此物无犯。“获得已捨出的”:意思是获得已作羯磨的。显示巴利原文
575. Tiyojanaṃ vāsādhippāyo gantvā tato paraṃ haratīti yattha gato, tattha uddesaparipucchādīnaṃ vā paccayādīnaṃ vā alābhena tato paraṃ aññattha gacchati, tatopi aññatthāti evaṃ yojanasatampi harantassa anāpatti. Acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvāti corā acchinditvā niratthakabhāvaṃ ñatvā paṭidenti, taṃ harantassa anāpatti. Nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvāti vinayakammakataṃ paṭilabhitvāti attho.
“已作之物品”指已制成的物品,如毯子、敷具等,乃至仅用线绑住之物。然而,若有人将羊毛放入薄布袋中,或放入系于绳、腰带等中间的小袋,或为防虫等而放入胡椒等的小袋,乃至患风病者将其放入耳孔而行,仍属犯戒。若以线绑住后放入,则属已作之物品;若编为辫子携带,此名为“隐藏之途”,仍是犯戒。其余文义浅显易解。显示巴利原文
Katabhaṇḍanti kataṃbhaṇḍaṃ kambalakojavasanthatādiṃ yaṃ kiñci antamaso suttakena baddhamattampi. Yo pana tanukapattatthavikantare vā āyogaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanādīnaṃ antaresu vā pipphalikādīnaṃ malarakkhaṇatthaṃ sipāṭikāya vā antamaso vātābādhiko kaṇṇacchiddepi lomāni pakkhipitvā gacchati, āpattiyeva. Suttakena pana bandhitvā pakkhittaṃ katabhaṇḍaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, veṇiṃ katvā harati, idaṃ nidhānamukhaṃ nāma, āpattiyevāti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
在等起等中,此名为“羊毛等起”,由身与身心等起;是行作,非想解脱,非无心;是制戒罪,是身业;有三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma, kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
7. 羊毛洗涤学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
576 576. “于彼时”指洗羊毛学处。其中,“riñcanti”意为舍弃、放弃、不能坚持,即不能持续用功之意。其余内容及等起等,与先前旧衣学处中所说的方法相同。显示巴利原文
576.Tena samayenāti eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha riñcantīti ujjhanti vissajjenti, na sakkonti anuyuñjitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha purāṇacīvarasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
八、金银学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Rūpiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
582 582.“于彼时”指金银学处。其中,“paṭiviso”意为部分、份额。显示巴利原文
582.Tena samayenāti rūpiyasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha paṭivisoti koṭṭhāso.
583-4 583-4.“金银”中,“jātarūpa”是黄金的名称。然而,因为它的颜色与如来肤色相似,所以在词句分别中称为“师色”。其意思是:“那种称为师色的特殊金属,名为黄金。”而“rajata”(银)在“螺贝、宝石、珊瑚、银、黄金”等中被说为银。但在这里,它是指任何用于交易的货币,如迦利沙槃等。因此,在它的分别中说“迦利沙槃、铜钱”等。其中,迦利沙槃指金制、银制或普通的货币。铜钱指用铜等金属制成的钱。木钱指用心材或竹片,乃至用棕榈叶切割成形制成的钱。漆钱指用虫漆或树脂做成形状制成的钱。而通过“凡是用于交易者”一句,涵盖了在任何地方、任何时间用于交易的一切,乃至骨制、皮制、树果种子制、有造型或无造型的,全部包括在内。显示巴利原文
583-4.Jātarūparajatanti ettha jātarūpanti suvaṇṇassa nāmaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā tathāgatassa vaṇṇasadisaṃ hoti, tasmā ‘‘satthuvaṇṇo vuccatī’’ti padabhājane vuttaṃ. Tassattho – ‘‘yo satthuvaṇṇo lohaviseso, idaṃ jātarūpaṃ nāmā’’ti rajataṃ pana ‘‘saṅkho, silā, pavāla, rajataṃ, jātarūpa’’ntiādīsu (pāci. 506) rūpiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Idha pana yaṃ kiñci vohāragamanīyaṃ kahāpaṇādi adhippetaṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘kahāpaṇo lohamāsako’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kahāpaṇoti sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā pākatiko vā. Lohamāsakoti tambalohādīhi katamāsako. Dārumāsakoti sāradārunā vā veḷupesikāya vā antamaso tālapaṇṇenāpi rūpaṃ chinditvā katamāsako. Jatumāsakoti lākhāya vā niyyāsena vā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā katamāsako. ‘‘Ye vohāraṃ gacchantī’’ti iminā pana padena yo yo yattha yattha janapade yadā yadā vohāraṃ gacchati, antamaso aṭṭhimayopi cammamayopi rukkhaphalabījamayopi samuṭṭhāpitarūpopi asamuṭṭhāpitarūpopi sabbo saṅgahito.
如此,这一切银和黄金,即金币,以及上述分类的所有银币,这四种属于舍堕物。珍珠、宝石、琉璃、螺贝、石、珊瑚、红玉髓、猫眼石、七种谷物、奴婢、田地、宅地、花园、果园等,这些属于恶作物。线、犁、布、棉花、各种未加工的作物、熟酥、生酥、油、蜜、糖等药品,这些属于许作物。其中,舍堕物不可为自己或为僧团、僧组、个人、塔庙而接受。若为自己接受,犯舍堕波逸提;为其他接受,犯恶作。接受恶作物,无论为谁接受,皆犯恶作。对于许作物,则无犯。若通过掌库者之手接受一切物品以便存放,则依后续的宝学处所说,犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
Iccetaṃ sabbampi rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ jātarūpamāsako, vuttappabhedo sabbopi rajatamāsakoti catubbidhaṃ nissaggiyavatthu hoti. Muttā, maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāla, lohitaṅko, masāragallaṃ, satta dhaññāni, dāsidāsakhettavatthupupphārāmaphalārāmādayoti idaṃ dukkaṭavatthu. Suttaṃ phālo paṭako kappāso anekappakāraṃ aparaṇṇaṃ sappinavanītatelamadhuphāṇitādibhesajjañca idaṃ kappiyavatthu. Tattha nissaggiyavatthuṃ attano vā saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyānaṃ vā atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Attano atthāya sampaṭicchato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ hoti, sesānaṃ atthāya dukkaṭaṃ. Dukkaṭavatthuṃ sabbesampi atthāya sampaṭicchato dukkaṭameva. Kappiyavatthumhi anāpatti. Sabbampi nikkhipanatthāya bhaṇḍāgārikasīsena sampaṭicchato upari ratanasikkhāpade āgatavasena pācittiyaṃ.
“认取”即“拿取”。然而,因为拿取时即构成犯戒,所以在它的分别中说“自己拿取,舍堕”。其余语句也依此方法理解。显示巴利原文
Uggaṇheyyāti gaṇheyya. Yasmā pana gaṇhanto āpattiṃ āpajjati, tenassa padabhājane ‘‘sayaṃ gaṇhāti nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.
其中,对于金银物品与钱币,若拿取或令人拿取一件,即犯一罪;纵使一次拿取千件,或令人拿取,也依所缘物数计罪。然而,在《大护持》与《库伦达》中说:若装在系得松弛的袋中,或装在装得松弛的容器中,依单件计罪;若系得紧密或装得满实,则只犯一罪。显示巴利原文
Tattha jātarūparajatabhaṇḍesu kahāpaṇamāsakesu ca ekaṃ gaṇhato vā gaṇhāpayato vā ekā āpatti. Sahassaṃ cepi ekato gaṇhāti, gaṇhāpeti, vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kurundiyañca sithilabaddhāya thavikāya sithilapūrite vā bhājane rūpagaṇanāya āpatti. Ghanabaddhe pana ghanapūrite vā ekāva āpattīti vuttaṃ.
在认可寄存物方面,若有人说“这是尊者的”,即使心生认可、欲取,但若以身或语拒绝说“这不许可”,则无犯。即使未以身语拒绝,但内心清净,不认可说“这不属于我们”,亦无犯。因为在身、语、意三门中,只要以任何一门拒绝,即算拒绝。然而,若未以身语拒绝而心中默许,则因未作应作的身语拒绝,以不作为为等起,在身门和语门犯戒;但在意门,则无犯戒之说。显示巴利原文
Upanikkhittasādiyane pana ‘‘idaṃ ayyassa hotū’’ti vutte sacepi cittena sādiyati, gaṇhitukāmo hoti, kāyena vā vācāya vā ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, anāpatti. Kāyavācāhi vā appaṭikkhipitvāpi suddhacitto hutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ amhākaṃ kappatī’’ti na sādiyati, anāpattiyeva. Tīsu dvāresu hi yena kenaci paṭikkhittaṃ paṭikkhittameva hoti. Sace pana kāyavācāhi appaṭikkhipitvā cittena adhivāseti, kāyavācāhi kattabbassa paṭikkhepassa akaraṇato akiriyasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyadvāre ca vacīdvāre ca āpattiṃ āpajjati, manodvāre pana āpatti nāma natthi.
若有人将一百钱或一千钱放在(比丘)脚边,说:“这是给你的。”比丘拒绝,说:“这不许可。”那位优婆塞心想“我已将这些舍予你们了”,便离开。另有一人到那里,问道:“尊者,这是什么?”便应告知他本人所说的话。如果他说:“尊者,我会保管,请指示一个安全的地方。”则可登上七层楼高的殿堂,告诉他“此处安全”,但不应说“放在这里”。如此,便安住于依止许可物与不许可物的状态。应关门守护而住。若有任何可买卖的物品送来,如钵或衣,当有人说:“尊者,请收下这个。”应说:“优婆塞,我们有此需要,并且有如此这般的物品存在,但没有净人。”如果他说:“我来作净人,请开门给我。”开门后应说:“放在此处。”不应说“拿这个”。如此也仍安住于依止许可物与不许可物的状态。如果他取走它,并为此给出许可的物品,这是可以的。如果他多拿了,应说:“我们不拿你的物品,出去。”显示巴利原文
Eko sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā pādamūle ṭhapeti ‘‘tuyhidaṃ hotū’’ti, bhikkhū ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati, upāsako pariccattaṃ mayā tumhākanti gato, añño tattha āgantvā pucchati – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, ida’’nti? Yaṃ tena attanā ca vuttaṃ, taṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. So ce vadati – ‘‘gopayissāmi, bhante, guttaṭṭhānaṃ dassethā’’ti, sattabhūmikampi pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā ‘‘idaṃ guttaṭṭhāna’’nti ācikkhitabbaṃ, ‘‘idha nikkhipāhī’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Ettāvatā kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitaṃ hoti. Dvāraṃ pidahitvā rakkhantena vasitabbaṃ. Sace kiñci vikkāyikabhaṇḍaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā āgacchati, ‘‘idaṃ gahessatha bhante’’ti vutte ‘‘upāsaka atthi amhākaṃ iminā attho, vatthu ca evarūpaṃ nāma saṃvijjati, kappiyakārako natthī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so vadati, ‘‘ahaṃ kappiyakārako bhavissāmi, dvāraṃ vivaritvā dethā’’ti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā ‘‘imasmiṃ okāse ṭhapita’’nti vattabbaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ gaṇhā’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Evampi kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitameva hoti, so ce taṃ gahetvā tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Sace adhikaṃ gaṇhāti, ‘‘na mayaṃ tava bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāma, ‘‘nikkhamāhī’’ti vattabbo.
“应于僧中舍弃”这一句中,因为金钱本身是不许可的,所以并没有说“应舍弃给僧团、僧组或个人”。然而,由于仅仅是接受了它,并未用它换取任何许可的物品,因此为了以善巧方便显示得以受用的方式,而说“应于僧中舍弃”。应告知许可的物品,如熟酥等,即应这样说:“优婆塞,熟酥或油对出家众是许可的。”显示巴利原文
Saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabbanti ettha yasmā rūpiyaṃ nāma akappiyaṃ, ‘‘tasmā nissajjitabbaṃ saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ paṭiggahitamattameva na tena kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpitaṃ, tasmā upāyena paribhogadassanatthaṃ ‘‘saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Kappiyaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ sappi vāti ‘‘pabbajitānaṃ sappi vā telaṃ vā vaṭṭati upāsakā’’ti evaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ.
除了接受金银者之外,所有人都可以受用,意思是应分给所有人之后才可受用。接受金银者不应领取份额。若从其他比丘或净人那里得到自己的一份而受用,也是不许可的。乃至被猴子等动物从那里拿去、放在林中,或从它们手中掉落,即使是畜生所执持的粪扫衣,也都不许可。用由此得来的糖蜜熏香房舍,也不许可。用酥油或油点灯后,在灯光下躺卧、作遍相预备或阅读书籍,都不许可。用油、蜜、糖蜜涂抹身上的伤口,也绝对不许可。用那些物品制作床椅等,或建造布萨堂、食堂,都不许可受用。连影子若是依房舍界限而存在,也不许可;若超出界限,作为外来者则许可。舍弃那些物品后所修建的道路、桥梁、船只、筏子,都不许可通行。用那些物品挖掘的池塘,从中涌出的水,饮用或使用都不许可。但若水中没有那些物品的关联,而有其他外来水或雨水进入,则许可。若水是与用(那些物品)买来的水一起取得的,即使是外来水也不许可。将那些物品作为抵押存放后,僧团受用物品,那些物品对他也不许可。若寺院是以那些物品取得的,该寺院也不可受用。如果土地和种子都不如法,则土地和果实都不可受用。如果只买了……显示巴利原文
Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbeheva paribhuñjitabbanti sabbehi bhājetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakena bhāgo na gahetabbo. Aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vā ārāmikānaṃ vā pattabhāgampi labhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati, antamaso makkaṭādīhi tato haritvā araññe ṭhapitaṃ vā tesaṃ hatthato gaḷitaṃ vā tiracchānagatapariggahitampi paṃsukūlampi na vaṭṭatiyeva, tato āhaṭena phāṇitena senāsanadhūpanampi na vaṭṭati. Sappinā vā telena vā padīpaṃ katvā dīpāloke nipajjituṃ kasiṇaparikammampi kātuṃ, potthakampi vācetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Telamadhuphāṇitehi pana sarīre vaṇaṃ makkhetuṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva. Tena vatthunā mañcapīṭhādīni vā gaṇhanti, uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā karonti, paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Chāyāpi gehaparicchedena ṭhitā na vaṭṭati, paricchedātikkantā āgantukattā vaṭṭati. Taṃ vatthuṃ vissajjetvā katena maggenapi setunāpi nāvāyapi uḷumpenapi gantuṃ na vaṭṭati, tena vatthunā khanāpitāya pokkharaṇiyā ubbhidodakaṃ pātuṃ vā paribhuñjituṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Anto udake pana asati aññaṃ āgantukaṃ udakaṃ vā vassodakaṃ vā paviṭṭhaṃ vaṭṭati. Kītāya yena udakena saddhiṃ kītā taṃ āgantukampi na vaṭṭati, taṃ vatthuṃ upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvā saṅgho paccaye paribhuñjati, tepi paccayā tassa na vaṭṭanti. Ārāmo gahito hoti, sopi paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yadi bhūmipi bījampi akappiyaṃ neva bhūmiṃ na phalaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace bhūmiṃyeva kiṇitvā aññāni bījāni ropitāni phalaṃ vaṭṭati, atha bījāni kiṇitvā kappiyabhūmiyaṃ ropitāni, phalaṃ na vaṭṭati, bhūmiyaṃ nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā vaṭṭati.
若他将(金银)丢弃,即随意扔到某处;或者不丢弃,而是自己拿了便走,不应阻挡。若他不丢弃,也不拿走,也不丢弃,心想“我又何必为此事费心?”便任意离去,那时便应任命一位具足前述相貌的弃金银者。显示巴利原文
Sace so chaḍḍetīti yattha katthaci khipati, athāpi na chaḍḍeti, sayaṃ gahetvā gacchati, na vāretabbo. No ce chaḍḍetīti atha neva gahetvā gacchati, na chaḍḍeti, kiṃ mayhaṃ iminā byāpārenāti yena kāmaṃ pakkamati, tato yathāvuttalakkhaṇo rūpiyachaḍḍako sammannitabbo.
在“由贪欲等而行”等句中,因为贪欲而将那资具据为己有,或抬高自己,称为行于贪欲。因为嗔恚而贬低他人,说:“他既不懂根本法,也不懂律。”称为行于嗔恚。因为愚痴而陷入忘失正念的状态,称为行于愚痴。因为畏惧接受金银者而不敢丢弃,称为行于畏惧。应当了知,若非如此而行,便不名为行于贪欲,不名为行于嗔恚,不名为行于愚痴,不名为行于畏惧。显示巴利原文
Yona chandāgatintiādīsu lobhavasena taṃ vatthuṃ attano vā karonto attānaṃ vā ukkaṃsento chandāgatiṃ nāma gacchati . Dosavasena ‘‘nevāyaṃ mātikaṃ jānāti, na vinaya’’nti paraṃ apasādento dosāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Mohavasena muṭṭhapamuṭṭhassatibhāvaṃ āpajjanto mohāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa bhayena chaḍḍetuṃ avisahanto bhayāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Evaṃ akaronto na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchatīti veditabbo.
585 “不作相”的意思是:不取相,不闭眼,应如同对待河流、悬崖或密林中的粪便一般,不关心、不注意丢弃之处而丢弃。对于如此令人厌恶的金银,世尊以此方便开示了比丘的受用方式。然而,对于接受金银者,无论以何种方便,由彼所生的资具受用都不被许可。正如这对他不许,同样,由虚假赞誉、污家恶行、诡诈等所生的资具,对他及对他人都绝对不许;即使是如法、公平所得,若不省察而受用,也仍然不许。显示巴利原文
585.Animittaṃ katvāti nimittaṃ akatvā, akkhīni nimmīletvā nadiyā vā papāte vā vanagahane vā gūthaṃ viya anapekkhena patitokāsaṃ asamannāharantena pātetabbanti attho. Evaṃ jigucchitabbepi rūpiye bhagavā pariyāyena bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogaṃ ācikkhi. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa pana kenaci pariyāyena tato uppannapaccayaparibhogo na vaṭṭati. Yathā cāyaṃ etassa na vaṭṭati, evaṃ asantasambhāvanāya vā kuladūsakakammena vā kuhanādīhi vā uppannapaccayā neva tassa na aññassa vaṭṭanti, dhammena samena uppannāpi appaccavekkhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭanti.
受用有四种:盗受用、债受用、遗产受用、主受用。其中,恶戒者即使坐在僧团中受用,其受用也名为‘盗受用’。持戒者若未省察而受用,则名为‘债受用’。因此,衣服应在每次受用时省察,饮食应每口省察。若无法如此,则应在食前、食后、初夜、后夜省察。若黎明升起时他尚未省察,便处于债受用的状态。坐具也应在每次受用时省察。药物的受用,无论是在接受时还是受用时,具念都是适当的;然而,若接受时具念而受用时未具念,则有犯;若接受时未具念而受用时具念,则无犯。显示巴利原文
Cattāro hi paribhogā – theyyaparibhogo, iṇaparibhogo, dāyajjaparibhogo, sāmiparibhogoti. Tattha saṅghamajjhepi nisīditvā paribhuñjantassa dussīlassa paribhogo ‘‘theyyaparibhogo’’ nāma. Sīlavato appaccavekkhitaparibhogo ‘‘iṇaparibhogo’’ nāma. Tasmā cīvaraṃ paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, piṇḍapāto ālope ālope. Tathā asakkontena purebhattapacchābhattapurimayāmapacchimayāmesu. Sacassa appaccavekkhatova aruṇo uggacchati, iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Senāsanampi paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, bhesajjassa paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi satipaccayatā vaṭṭati, evaṃ santepi paṭiggahaṇe satiṃ katvā paribhoge akarontasseva āpatti, paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpatti.
清净有四种:说戒清净、防护清净、遍求清净、省察清净。其中,说戒清净即巴帝摩卡防护戒,由于它通过说戒而得清净,故称‘说戒清净’。防护清净即根防护戒,由于它通过‘我将不再如此做’的决心防护而得清净,故称‘防护清净’。遍求清净即活命遍净戒,由于舍弃邪命、以法公正获取资具者的遍求清净,故称‘遍求清净’。省察清净即资具依止戒,由于通过‘如理省察而受用衣服’等方式所说的省察而得清净,故称‘省察清净’。因此说:‘若接受时未具念,而受用时具念,则无犯。’显示巴利原文
Catubbidhā hi suddhi – desanāsuddhi, saṃvarasuddhi, pariyeṭṭhisuddhi, paccavekkhaṇasuddhīti. Tattha desanāsuddhi nāma pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ , tañhi desanāya sujjhanato ‘‘desanāsuddhī’’ti vuccati. Saṃvarasuddhi nāma indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ, tañhi na puna evaṃ karissāmīti cittādhiṭṭhānasaṃvareneva sujjhanato ‘‘saṃvarasuddhī’’ti vuccati. Pariyeṭṭhisuddhi nāma ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ, tañhi anesanaṃ pahāya dhammena samena paccaye uppādentassa pariyesanāya suddhattā ‘‘pariyeṭṭhisuddhī’’ti vuccati. Paccavekkhaṇasuddhi nāma paccayaparibhogasannissitasīlaṃ, tañhi ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58) nayena vuttena paccavekkhaṇena sujjhanato ‘‘paccavekkhaṇasuddhī’’ti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpattī’’ti.
七类有学的资具受用,名为‘遗产受用’。因为他们是世尊之子,所以作为父亲资具的继承人而受用那些资具。那么,他们是受用世尊的资具,还是受用在家人所施的资具呢?即使是由在家人所施,由于为世尊所开许,便成为世尊的所属物。因此,应知他们是在受用世尊的资具,《法遗产经》在此可作为佐证。显示巴利原文
Sattannaṃ sekkhānaṃ paccayaparibhogo dāyajjaparibhogo nāma, te hi bhagavato puttā, tasmā pitusantakānaṃ paccayānaṃ dāyādā hutvā te paccaye paribhuñjanti. Kiṃ pana te bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjanti, gihīnaṃ paccaye paribhuñjantīti? Gihīhi dinnāpi bhagavatā anuññātattā bhagavato santakā honti, tasmā te bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjantīti (ma. ni. 1.29) veditabbaṃ, dhammadāyādasuttañcettha sādhakaṃ.
漏尽者的受用稱為主人受用,因為他們已超越貪愛的奴役,成為主人而受用。在這諸多受用中,主人受用與繼承受用對所有人都適用;債務受用則不適用,而盜賊受用更無從談起。显示巴利原文
Khīṇāsavānaṃ paribhogo sāmiparibhogo nāma, te hi taṇhāya dāsabyaṃ atītattā sāmino hutvā paribhuñjantīti. Imesu paribhogesu sāmiparibhogo ca dāyajjaparibhogo ca sabbesampi vaṭṭati. Iṇaparibhogo na vaṭṭati, theyyaparibhoge kathāyeva natthi.
又有另外四種受用:有慚者的受用、無慚者的受用、如法的受用、不如法的受用。显示巴利原文
Aparepi cattāro paribhogā – lajjiparibhogo, alajjiparibhogo, dhammiyaparibhogo, adhammiyaparibhogoti.
其中,無慚者與有慚者一同受用是可行的,不應因犯戒而令他作淨。有慚者與無慚者一同受用,只要他尚不知道對方是無慚者,便屬可行。須知,並無從一開始就是無慚者之人,因此當他察知對方處於無慚的狀態時,便應告誡他:『你們在身門與語門有所違犯,此舉不妥,切莫為之。』若他不聽勸誡而依然故我,與之一同受用,那麼這有慚者也將淪為無慚者。若有人與成為自身負擔的無慚者一同受用,他也應被制止;若他仍不止息,同樣淪為無慚者。如此,一個無慚者能令多人成為無慚者。然而,無慚者與無慚者一同受用時,並無犯戒之虞。有慚者與有慚者一同受用,則猶如兩位剎帝利王子以金盤進食一般。显示巴利原文
Tattha alajjino lajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogo vaṭṭati, āpattiyā na kāretabbo. Lajjino alajjinā saddhiṃ yāva na jānāti, tāva vaṭṭati. Ādito paṭṭhāya hi alajjī nāma natthi, tasmā yadāssa alajjībhāvaṃ jānāti tadā vattabbo ‘‘tumhe kāyadvāre ca vacīdvāre ca vītikkamaṃ karotha, taṃ appatirūpaṃ mā evamakatthā’’ti. Sace anādiyitvā karotiyeva, yadi tena saddhiṃ paribhogaṃ karoti, sopi alajjīyeva hoti. Yopi attano bhārabhūtena alajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogaṃ karoti, sopi nivāretabbo. Sace na oramati, ayampi alajjīyeva hoti. Evaṃ eko alajjī alajjīsatampi karoti. Alajjino pana alajjināva saddhiṃ paribhoge āpatti nāma natthi. Lajjino lajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogo dvinnaṃ khattiyakumārānaṃ suvaṇṇapātiyaṃ bhojanasadisoti.
如法受用与不如法受用,应依资具来理解。其中,若人无惭,且所得食物亦不如法,则两者皆可厌弃。若人无惭,但食物如法,则应厌弃此人,不应接受其食物。然而在《大护持》中说:‘恶戒者从僧团得到指定施食等后,将其交给僧团,这些食物因按原样给予,故为可行。’若人有惭,但食物不如法,则食物可厌弃,不应接受。若人有惭,食物亦如法,则为可行。显示巴利原文
Dhammiyādhammiyaparibhogo paccayavasena veditabbo. Tattha sace puggalopi alajjī piṇḍapātopi adhammiyo, ubho jegucchā. Puggalo alajjī piṇḍapāto dhammiyo, puggalaṃ jigucchitvā piṇḍapāto na gahetabbo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana dussīlo saṅghato uddesabhattādīni labhitvā saṅghasseva deti, etāni yathādānameva gatattā vaṭṭantīti vuttaṃ. Puggalo lajjī piṇḍapāto adhammiyo, piṇḍapāto jeguccho na gahetabbo. Puggalo lajjī, piṇḍapātopi dhammiyo, vaṭṭati.
另有两种摄受与两种受用:有惭者的摄受、无惭者的摄受;法受用、财受用。显示巴利原文
Apare dve paggahā; dve ca paribhogā – lajjipaggaho, alajjipaggaho; dhammaparibhogo āmisaparibhogoti.
其中,无惭者摄受有惭者是可以的,他不必为此犯戒而作净。然而,若有惭者摄受无惭者——请他随喜、请他说法、在俗家中护持他,而对方也在其众中说‘我们的老师是如此这般’,应知此人令教法衰退、消隐。显示巴利原文
Tattha alajjino lajjiṃ paggahetuṃ vaṭṭati, na so āpattiyā kāretabbo. Sace pana lajjī alajjiṃ paggaṇhāti, anumodanāya ajjhesati, dhammakathāya ajjhesati, kulesu upatthambheti . Itaropi ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo īdiso ca īdiso cā’’ti tassa parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ayaṃ sāsanaṃ osakkāpeti antaradhāpetīti veditabbo.
在法受用与财受用之中,凡是财受用可行之处,法受用亦可行。然而若某一部处于存续边缘的经典,将因某人的过世而失传,据说是为护持正法而从他受学,这是可行的。显示巴利原文
Dhammaparibhoga-āmisaparibhogesu pana yattha āmisaparibhogo vaṭṭati, tattha dhammaparibhogopi vaṭṭati. Yo pana koṭiyaṃ ṭhito gantho tassa puggalassa accayena nassissati, taṃ dhammānuggahena uggaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ.
这里有这样一个事例:据说,在一次大怖畏时,精通《大义释》的比丘仅有一人。那时,四部尼柯耶长老帝须大长老的戒师、名为大三藏长老的大护长老对大护持长老说:“贤友大护持,你到此人跟前受学《大义释》。”“尊者,据说此人性行不善,我不愿学。”“学吧,贤友,我将坐在你身旁。”“好的,尊者,若您坐在身旁,我便去学。”于是作了安排之后,他日夜不间断地学习。在最后一日,他见到床下有一女人,便说:“尊者,我过去只是听说,若早知如此,我便不会在此人座下受学佛法了。”然而,正是依此因缘,众多大长老在他那里受学之后,才使《大义释》得以确立。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ vatthu – mahābhaye kira ekasseva bhikkhuno mahāniddeso paguṇo ahosi. Atha catunikāyikatissattherassa upajjhāyo mahātipiṭakatthero nāma mahārakkhitattheraṃ āha – ‘‘āvuso mahārakkhita, etassa santike mahāniddesaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti. ‘‘Pāpo kirāyaṃ, bhante, na gaṇhāmī’’ti. ‘‘Gaṇhāvuso, ahaṃ te santike nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, tumhesu nisinnesu gaṇhissāmī’’ti paṭṭhapetvā rattindivaṃ nirantaraṃ pariyāpuṇanto osānadivase heṭṭhāmañce itthiṃ disvā ‘‘bhante, sutaṃyeva me pubbe, sacāhaṃ evaṃ jāneyyaṃ, na īdisassa santike dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇeyya’’nti āha. Tassa pana santike bahū mahātherā uggaṇhitvā mahāniddesaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
586 于“对金银持金银想”一句中,应知所有的生金与白银,皆归入金银这一范畴。显示巴利原文
586.Rūpiye rūpiyasaññīti ettha sabbampi jātarūparajataṃ rūpiyasaṅgahameva gatanti veditabbaṃ.
于金银有疑:即于‘这是黄金,还是铜片?’等情形中,以如是方式生起疑惑。显示巴利原文
Rūpiye vematikoti ‘‘suvaṇṇaṃ nu kho, kharapattaṃ nu kho’’tiādinā nayena saṃsayajāto.
于金银起非金银想:即于黄金等中作铜片等想。又有希求功德者,如王后等,将金银放入饭食、硬食、香粉团等中而行布施;他们向游行乞食者展示时,则连同绑着的钱币等一并施与布片。比丘们以食物想或以布片想而接受,如此,也应知为‘于金银起非金银想而接受金银’。然而,接受者应觉知:‘在此家中得此物。’若有人因失念而施与,待其忆起后再来时,应对彼说:‘请看你的布片。’余义于此甚明。显示巴利原文
Rūpiye arūpiyasaññīti suvaṇṇādīsu kharapattādisaññī. Apica puññakāmā rājorodhādayo bhattakhajjakagandhapiṇḍādīsu pakkhipitvā hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ denti, coḷabhikkhāya carantānaṃ dassante baddhakahāpaṇādīhiyeva saddhiṃ coḷakāni denti, bhikkhū bhattādisaññāya vā coḷakasaññāya vā paṭiggaṇhanti, evampi rūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ gaṇhātīti veditabbo. Paṭiggaṇhantena pana ‘‘imasmiṃ gehe idaṃ laddha’’nti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Yena hi assatiyā dinnaṃ hoti, so satiṃ paṭilabhitvā puna āgacchati, athassa vattabbaṃ – ‘‘tava coḷakaṃ passāhī’’ti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
于等起等中,有六种等起:或由作业(以接受)而犯,或由非业(以不作拒绝)而犯。盖金银、异语、近坐此三学处为同一范围,非由想解脱、非无心、制罪、身业与语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, siyā kiriyaṃ gahaṇena āpajjanato, siyā akiriyaṃ paṭikkhepassa akaraṇato rūpiyaaññavādakaupassutisikkhāpadāni hi tīṇi ekaparicchedāni, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
九、金银交易学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
587 587.“那时”等语属于金银交易学处。其中,“种种”是指依已作、未作等而有多种类型。“金银交易”指生金与银的交换。“从事”是说,由于接受本身已被禁止,他们未能见到接受后又加以交换的过患,因而这样做。显示巴利原文
587.Tena samayenāti rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha nānappakārakanti katākatādivasena anekavidhaṃ. Rūpiyasaṃvohāranti jātarūparajataparivattanaṃ. Samāpajjantīti paṭiggahaṇasseva paṭikkhitattā paṭiggahitaparivattane dosaṃ apassantā karonti.
589 589.在“头巾”等词中,“sīsūpaga”由“到达头部”(sīsaṃ upagacchati)得名,即头巾。但有些写本中写作“sīsūpaka”,这是对任何头饰的通称。此理适用于其余各处。在“以已作对已作”等情形中,纯粹就是金银交易。显示巴利原文
589.Sīsūpagantiādīsu sīsaṃ upagacchatīti sīsūpagaṃ, potthakesu pana ‘‘sīsūpaka’’nti likhitaṃ, yassa kassaci sīsālaṅkārassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Katena katantiādīsu suddho rūpiyasaṃvohāroyeva.
在“对货币有货币想”等句中,对于前学处所述的情形,若用应舍物换取应舍物,于取得本金时依前学处犯应舍波逸提;若随后辗转交换,则依此学处犯应舍波逸提。用应舍物换取恶作物或如法物,道理亦同。至于“对非货币有货币想而换取货币”等第二个三法,虽然文中没有明说,但据理可知还有“对货币有货币想而换取非货币”等另一类三法。因为无论是用自己的非货币换取他人的货币,还是用自己的货币换取他人的非货币,都构成了金银交易,所以巴利圣典中仅仅就纯货币的方面说了一组三法。显示巴利原文
Rūpiye rūpiyasaññītiādimhi purimasikkhāpade vuttavatthūsu nissaggiyavatthunā nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, aparāparaparivattane iminā nissaggiyapācittiyameva. Nissaggiyavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuṃ vā kappiyavatthuṃ vā cetāpentassapi eseva nayo. Yo hi ayaṃ arūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpetītiādi dutiyo tiko vutto, tassānulomattā avuttopi ayamaparopi rūpiye rūpiyasaññī arūpiyaṃ cetāpetītiādi tiko veditabbo. Attano vā hi arūpiyena parassa rūpiyaṃ cetāpeyya attano vā rūpiyena parassa arūpiyaṃ, ubhayathāpi rūpiyasaṃvohāro katoyeva hoti, tasmā pāḷiyaṃ ekantena rūpiyapakkhe ekoyeva tiko vuttoti.
然而,若以恶作物换取应舍物,在取得本金时,依前学处犯恶作;在之后交换时,依此学处犯应舍罪波逸提,因为换取了重物。若以恶作物换取恶作物本身,或换取如法物,在取得本金时,依前学处犯恶作;在之后交换时,依此学处亦仅犯恶作。何以故?因为是以非如法物换取的缘故。而在《暗部注释》中说“若完成买卖,则犯应舍罪波逸提”,此说为恶说。何以故?因为除了接受赠与之外,并无所谓的买卖,而买卖学处是就如法物与如法物的交换而说,且是在与同法者以外的情况下。此学处涉及以货币换取货币及非货币,以及以非货币换取货币。至于以恶作物换取恶作物,在此处及彼处的圣典中均未提及,而此处亦不应成为无罪。因此,正如接受恶作物时犯恶作,同样地,以恶作物换取他物,或以他物换取恶作物,犯恶作是合理的。这是通达世尊意趣者的见解。显示巴利原文
Dukkaṭavatthunā pana nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena dukkaṭaṃ, pacchā parivattane iminā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, garukassa cetāpitattā. Dukkaṭavatthunā dukkaṭavatthumeva, kappiyavatthuṃ vā cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena dukkaṭaṃ, pacchā parivattanepi iminā dukkaṭameva. Kasmā? Akappiyavatthunā cetāpitattā. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sace kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti bhāsitaṃ, taṃ dubbhāsitaṃ. Kasmā? Na hi dānaggahaṇato añño kayavikkayo nāma atthi, kayavikkayasikkhāpadañca kappiyavatthunā kappiyavatthuparivattanameva sandhāya vuttaṃ, tañca kho aññatra sahadhammikehi. Idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ rūpiyena ca rūpiyārūpiyacetāpanaṃ arūpiyena ca rūpiyacetāpanaṃ. Dukkaṭavatthunā pana dukkaṭavatthuno cetāpanaṃ neva idha na tattha pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ, na cettha anāpatti bhavituṃ arahati. Tasmā yatheva dukkaṭavatthuno paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, tatheva tassa vā tena vā cetāpanepi dukkaṭaṃ yuttanti bhagavato adhippāyaññūhi vuttaṃ.
然而,若以如法物换取应舍物,在取得本金时,依前学处无罪;在之后交换时,依此学处犯应舍罪波逸提。正如所说:“对非货币有非货币想而换取货币,犯应舍罪波逸提。”因此,以如法物换取恶作物,在最初接受时同样无罪;在之后交换时,依此学处犯恶作。何以故?因为换取了非如法物的缘故。然而,若以如法物换取如法物,在与同法者以外的情况下,在取得本金时,依前学处无罪;在之后交换时,依买卖学处犯应舍罪波逸提。若免除买卖而接受者,依后学处亦无罪;若生起利息者,犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Kappiyavatthunā pana nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena anāpatti, pacchā parivattane iminā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘arūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti . Teneva kappiyavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlapaṭiggahaṇe tatheva anāpatti, pacchā parivattane iminā dukkaṭaṃ. Kasmā? Akappiyassa cetāpitattā. Kappiyavatthunā pana kappiyavatthuṃ aññatra sahadhammikehi cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena anāpatti, pacchā parivattane upari kayavikkayasikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Kayavikkayaṃ mocetvā gaṇhantassa uparisikkhāpadenapi anāpatti, vaḍḍhiṃ payojentassa dukkaṭaṃ.
为阐明此货币交易的严重性,当知如下有关钵的四分法。若有人收取货币后,以此生起铁种,令其锻打,以此铁制作钵,此钵名为大不净,无法以任何方便令其成为如法。若将其毁坏后制作小碟,此亦不净。若制作刀,以此刀削成的齿木亦不净。若制作鱼钩,以此钩所杀的鱼亦不净。若将刀片烧热,以之加热水或乳,此亦不净。显示巴利原文
Imassa ca rūpiyasaṃvohārassa garukabhāvadīpakaṃ idaṃ pattacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yo hi rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhitvā tena ayabījaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, taṃ koṭṭāpetvā tena lohena pattaṃ kāreti, ayaṃ patto mahāakappiyo nāma, na sakkā kenaci upāyena kappiyo kātuṃ. Sace hi taṃ vināsetvā thālakaṃ kāreti, tampi akappiyaṃ. Vāsiṃ kāreti, tāya chinnaṃ dantakaṭṭhampi akappiyaṃ. Baḷisaṃ kāroti, tena māritā macchāpi akappiyā. Vāsiphalaṃ tāpetvā udakaṃ vā khīraṃ vā uṇhāpeti, tampi akappiyameva.
若有人收取金钱后以此购买钵,此钵亦为不如法。《大筏》中说:“对于五位同梵行者亦不适用。”然而,可令其成为如法。若将此钱还给原本的钱主,将钵还给原本的钵主,则成为如法。以如法物品作交换而取用,方可受用。显示巴利原文
Yo pana rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhitvā tena pattaṃ kiṇāti, ayampi patto akappiyo. ‘‘Pañcannampi sahadhammikānaṃ na kappatī’’ti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sakkā pana kappiyo kātuṃ, so hi mūle mūlasāmikānaṃ patte ca pattasāmikānaṃ dinne kappiyo hoti. Kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ datvā gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
若有人指使他人收取金钱,随后与净人一同前往工匠家,见到钵后说“此钵合我意”。净人便以该金钱付给工匠并商定购买。此钵虽通过如法的言语方式取得,却与第二种钵相似,由于收受了本金的缘故,故为不如法。何以说对其余人等也不适用?因为本金未被舍离。显示巴利原文
Yopi rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhāpetvā kappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ ruccatī’’ti vadati. Kappiyakārako ca taṃ rūpiyaṃ datvā kammāraṃ saññāpeti, ayampi patto kappiyavohārena gahitopi dutiyapattasadisoyeva, mūlassa sampaṭicchitattā akappiyo. Kasmā sesānaṃ na kappatīti? Mūlassa anissaṭṭhattā.
然而,若有人未亲手接受金钱,先前对受遣的净人说过“请为上座买个钵来”,而后与净人一同前往工匠家,见到钵后,指使净人“取这些迦哈波那,给我这个钵”,令其付钱后取得此钵。如此取得的钵,对此比丘自身来说不如法,因其行为不端;但对其他人来说则如法,因为未曾亲手接受本金。显示巴利原文
Yo pana rūpiyaṃ asampaṭicchitvā ‘‘therassa pattaṃ kiṇitvā dehī’’ti pahitakappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā ‘‘ime kahāpaṇe gahetvā imaṃ dehī’’ti kahāpaṇe dāpetvā gahito, ayaṃ patto etasseva bhikkhuno na vaṭṭati dubbicāritattā, aññesaṃ pana vaṭṭati, mūlassa asampaṭicchitattā.
据说,大须摩长老的戒师是阿那律长老。他将自己所得的钵盛满熟酥,舍与僧团。三藏小那伽长老的共住弟子们也有这样的钵,长老便命他们盛满熟酥后,一并舍予僧团。此即不净钵的四分法。显示巴利原文
Mahāsumattherassa kira upajjhāyo anuruddhatthero nāma ahosi. So attano evarūpaṃ pattaṃ sappissa pūretvā saṅghassa nissajji. Tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherassapi saddhivihārikānaṃ evarūpo patto ahosi. Taṃ theropi sappissa pūrāpetvā saṅghassa nissajjāpesīti. Idaṃ akappiyapattacatukkaṃ.
然而,若未接受钱币,而与受遣的净人一同前往工匠家,见到钵后说“此钵合我意”或“我将取此钵”,净人付与那钱币并告知工匠,则此钵完全如法,堪为诸佛所受用。显示巴利原文
Sace pana rūpiyaṃ asampaṭicchitvā ‘‘therassa pattaṃ kiṇitvā dehī’’ti pahitakappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ ruccatī’’ti vā ‘‘imāhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti vā vadati, kappiyakārako ca taṃ rūpiyaṃ datvā kammāraṃ saññāpeti, ayaṃ patto sabbakappiyo buddhānampi paribhogārahoti.
591 591. “于非货币有货币想”:即对粗钵等起黄金等想。“犯恶作”:若以此换取非货币物,则犯恶作罪。于疑惑者,道理相同。然而,“于非货币无非货币想”者,纵与五位同法者一同买卖,说“取此物,给与此物”,亦无罪。余文易解。显示巴利原文
591.Arūpiye rūpiyasaññīti kharapattādīsu suvaṇṇādisaññī. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti sace tena arūpiyaṃ cetāpeti dukkaṭāpatti hoti. Esa nayo vematike. Arūpiyasaññissa pana pañcahi sahadhammikehi saddhi ‘‘idaṃ gahetvā idaṃ dethā’’ti kayavikkayaṃ karontassāpi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
六种生起,唯作,非想解脱,无心,施设违犯,为身业与语业所摄,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
十、买卖学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
593 593. “那时”等,是关于买卖学处。其中,“kati hi pi tyāyanti”即“kati te ayaṃ”,此处的“hi”字是填充词,“pi”字表示呵责,意思是“你这件劣质僧伽帝还能用几天?”;也有读作“katihampi tyāyanti”的,其中“katihanti”意为多少天、多少日,余如前说。“katihi pi myāyanti”也应同样理解。“gihīpi naṃ gihissā”中,“naṃ”是表示名称的不变词,意思是“在家者名为在家者”。显示巴利原文
593.Tenasamayenāti kayavikkayasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kati hipi tyāyanti kati te ayaṃ, hikāro panettha padapūraṇo, pikāro garahāyaṃ, ayaṃ dubbalasaṅghāṭi tava kati divasāni bhavissatīti attho. Atha vā katihampi tyāyantipi pāṭho. Tattha katihanti kati ahāni, kati divasānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Katihipi myāyanti idampi eteneva nayena veditabbaṃ. Gihīpi naṃ gihissāti ettha nanti nāmatthe nipāto, gihī nāma gihissāti vuttaṃ hoti.
594 594. “种种”:指依衣服等如法物品而有多种。因此,在它的分别中,以衣服为始,以十缕线为终,唯显示了如法物品。因为不如法物品的交换不归入买卖。“买卖”即买和卖。通过“以此换彼”等方式,取他人的如法物品者构成买,给与自己的如法物品者构成卖。显示巴利原文
594.Nānappakārakanti cīvarādīnaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍānaṃ vasena anekavidhaṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane cīvaraṃ ādiṃ katvā dasikasuttapariyosānaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍameva dassitaṃ. Akappiyabhaṇḍaparivattanañhi kayavikkayasaṅgahaṃ na gacchati. Kayavikkayanti kayañceva vikkayañca. ‘‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’’tiādinā hi nayena parassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhanto kayaṃ samāpajjati, attano kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ dento vikkayaṃ .
595 “违犯”者,指越轨而行,即说出违犯之语。当有买与卖时:指当人们将他人之物取到自己手中而有买,以及将自己的物品交到他人手中而有卖之时。然而,依“以此换彼”等语句,文中首先显示的是自己的物品。显示巴利原文
595.Ajjhācaratīti abhibhavitvā carati, vītikkamavācaṃ bhāsatīti attho. Yato kayitañca hoti vikkayitañcāti yadā kayitañca hoti parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ karontena, vikkītañca attano bhaṇḍaṃ parahatthagataṃ karontena. ‘‘Iminā ima’’ntiādivacanānurūpato pana pāṭhe paṭhamaṃ attano bhaṇḍaṃ dassitaṃ.
“应舍弃”:应如此舍弃通过买卖从他人手中取得的许用之物。因为这样的买卖,除五种同法者外,与其余在家人、出家人,乃至父母,皆不可共作。显示巴利原文
Nissajjitabbanti evaṃ parassa hatthato kayavasena gahitakappiyabhaṇḍaṃ nissajjitabbaṃ. Ayañhi kayavikkayo ṭhapetvā pañca sahadhammike avasesehi gihipabbajitehi antamaso mātāpitūhipi saddhiṃ na vaṭṭati.
此处抉择如下:无论是以衣换衣,或以食换食,凡对任何许用之物说“以此换彼”,即犯恶作。如是说后,即使将自己的物品给予母亲,亦犯恶作。若被他人说“以此换彼”,或说“给我这个,我便给你这个”之后,即使从母亲处取物,亦犯恶作。当自己的物品落入他人之手,他人的物品落入自己之手时,即犯舍堕。然而,若对母亲或父亲说“给我这个”,不构成乞求;说“拿这个”,不构成浪费信施。若对非亲戚说“给我这个”,则构成乞求;说“拿这个”,则构成浪费信施。凡通过“以此换彼”而行买卖者,犯舍堕。因此,在交换许用之物时,即使与父母间,也应回避买卖;与非亲戚交换时,则应避此三种罪过而行。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – vatthena vā vatthaṃ hotu bhattena vā bhattaṃ, yaṃ kiñci kappiyaṃ ‘‘iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti vadati, dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ vatvā mātuyāpi attano bhaṇḍaṃ deti, dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti vutto vā ‘‘imaṃ dehi, imaṃ te dassāmī’’ti vatvā vā mātuyāpi bhaṇḍaṃ attanā gaṇhāti, dukkaṭaṃ. Attano bhaṇḍe parahatthaṃ parabhaṇḍe ca attano hatthaṃ sampatte nissaggiyaṃ. Mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā ‘‘imaṃ dehī’’ti vadato viññatti na hoti. ‘‘Imaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ na hoti. Aññātakaṃ ‘‘imaṃ dehī’’ti vadato viññatti hoti. ‘‘Imaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ hoti. ‘‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti kayavikkayaṃ āpajjato nissaggiyaṃ. Tasmā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ parivattentena mātāpitūhipi saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ aññātakehi saddhiṃ tisso āpattiyo mocentena parivattetabbaṃ.
此处交换的方法如下:比丘有旅途中的米,他在途中看见手持饭食的人,便说:“我们有米,但我们不需要这些,我们需要的是饭食。”那人取了米而给予饭食,这是许可的。三种罪都不生起,乃至连暗示的行为也没有。为什么?因为根本存在。而且,如前所说:“说‘这是我们有的,我们需要这个和这个’。”然而,若不这样做,而以“以此换彼”来进行交换,则依事而犯。若看见吃残食者,对他说“吃了这饭之后,拿染料或柴来”,则按染料片数和柴数,犯舍堕。若说“吃了这饭之后,做这个”而让牙匠等制作种种资具,或让洗衣者洗衣,则依事而犯。若让理发师剪发,让工人做新工程,亦依事而犯。然而,若不说“吃了这饭后做这个”,而说“你吃这饭,你已吃,你将吃,请做这个”,则是许可的。在此,虽然洗衣、剪发或清理土地等新工程中,并没有他人物品到手而应舍弃的情况,但《大注疏》中作了强调,因此不可否定。所以,如同舍堕物被使用或丢失时,应忏悔波逸提,在此亦应忏悔。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ parivattanavidhi – bhikkhussa pātheyyataṇḍulā honti, so antarāmagge bhattahatthaṃ purisaṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ taṇḍulā atthi, na ca no imehi attho, bhattena pana attho’’ti vadati. Puriso taṇḍule gahetvā bhattaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Tissopi āpattiyo na honti. Antamaso nimittakammamattampi na hoti. Kasmā? Mūlassa atthitāya. Parato ca vuttameva ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ atthi, amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca atthoti bhaṇatī’’ti. Yo pana evaṃ akatvā ‘‘iminā imaṃ dehī’’ti parivatteti; yathāvatthukameva . Vighāsādaṃ disvā ‘‘imaṃ odanaṃ bhuñjitvā, rajanaṃ vā dārūni vā āharā’’ti vadati, rajanachalligaṇanāya dārugaṇanāya ca nissaggiyāni honti. ‘‘Imaṃ odanaṃ bhuñjitvā idaṃ nāma karothā’’ti dantakārādīhi sippikehi dhamakaraṇādīsu taṃ taṃ parikkhāraṃ kāreti, rajakehi vā vatthaṃ dhovāpeti; yathāvatthukameva. Nhāpitena kese chindāpeti, kammakārehi navakammaṃ kāreti; yathāvatthukameva. Sace pana ‘‘idaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā idaṃ karothā’’ti na vadati ‘‘idaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñja bhuttosi bhuñjissasi, idaṃ nāma karohī’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Ettha ca kiñcāpi vatthadhovane vā kesacchedane vā bhūmisodhanādinavakamme vā parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ nissajjitabbaṃ nāma natthi. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana daḷhaṃ katvā vuttattā na sakkā etaṃ paṭikkhipituṃ, tasmā yathā nissaggiyavatthumhi paribhutte vā naṭṭhe vā pācittiyaṃ deseti, evamidhāpi desetabbaṃ.
596 596. 在“于买卖有买卖想”等句中,凡是犯买卖者,不论他对该买卖是有买卖想、有疑,还是无买卖想,都犯舍堕波逸提。在《小论》的两处,仅为恶作,应如此理解其义。显示巴利原文
596.Kayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññītiādimhi yo kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjati, so tasmiṃ kayavikkayasaññī vā bhavatu vematiko vā, na kayavikkayasaññī vā nissaggiyapācittiyameva. Cūḷattike dvīsu padesu dukkaṭamevāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
597 问价:问“你的这只钵值多少钱?”当对方说出“叫作某某”时,若他的如法物品价值更高,便如此回答他:“居士,我的这件物品价值高,你把你的钵给别人吧。”听了这话,对方说“我再给你一个盘子”,此时可以接受;若说“这个我们有”,则落入已说明的情况。如果那只钵价值高,比丘的物品价值低,而钵主不知道其价值低,则不应取钵,应告知“我的物品价值低”。若明知价值高却以欺骗的方式取得,则须对所取物品估价后追究罪责。如果钵主说“没关系,尊者,剩下的将是我的功德”,则可以接受。显示巴利原文
597.Agghaṃ pucchatīti ‘‘ayaṃ tava patto kiṃ agghatī’’ti pucchati. ‘‘Idaṃ nāmā’’ti vutte pana sace tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ mahagghaṃ hoti, evañca naṃ paṭivadati ‘‘upāsaka, mama idaṃ vatthu mahagghaṃ, tava pattaṃ aññassa dehī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā itaro ‘‘aññaṃ thālakampi dassāmī’’ti vadati gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati, ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ atthī’’ti vuttalakkhaṇe patati . Sace so patto mahaggho, bhikkhuno vatthu appagghaṃ, pattasāmiko cassa appagghabhāvaṃ na jānāti, patto na gahetabbo, ‘‘mama vatthu appaggha’’nti ācikkhitabbaṃ. Mahagghabhāvaṃ ñatvā vañcetvā gaṇhanto hi gahitabhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbataṃ āpajjati. Sace pattasāmiko ‘‘hotu, bhante, sesaṃ mama puññaṃ bhavissatī’’ti deti, vaṭṭati.
指示净人:除了从他手中取物之人以外,另寻他人——哪怕是他的儿子或兄弟——作为净人,并指示说:“以此物换取彼物给我。”若那人机敏,反复推让、争辩之后才接受,比丘应当保持沉默。若那人不机敏,不懂得如何取物,有商人欺骗他,则应说“不要取”。显示巴利原文
Kappiyakārakassaācikkhatīti yassa hatthato bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ antamaso tassa puttabhātikampi kappiyakārakaṃ katvā ‘‘iminā imaṃ nāma gahetvā dehī’’ti ācikkhati. So ce cheko hoti, punappunaṃ apanetvā vivaditvā gaṇhāti, tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbaṃ. No ce cheko hoti, na jānāti gahetuṃ, vāṇijako taṃ vañceti, ‘‘mā gaṇhā’’ti vattabbo.
“这是我们的”等句中,是说:“我们持有这已受持的油或酥油,而我们还需要其他未受持之物。”若他取了那些并给予他物,则首先不应量度自己的油。何以故?因为量器中会残留油,后来量度之人会染污那未受持的油。其余内容显而易见。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ amhākantiādimhi ‘‘idaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ telaṃ vā sappi vā amhākaṃ atthi, amhākañca aññena appaṭiggahitakena attho’’ti bhaṇati. Sace so taṃ gahetvā aññaṃ deti, paṭhamaṃ attano telaṃ na mināpetabbaṃ. Kasmā? Nāḷiyañhi avasiṭṭhatelaṃ hoti, taṃ pacchā minantassa appaṭiggahitakaṃ dūseyyāti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
六种生起:身业,非想解脱,非无心,制罪,身业语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
一、钵学处的解释显示巴利原文
1. Pattasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
598 598.“那时”是关于钵的学处。其中,“钵的买卖”是指在村落、城镇等地游走,经营钵的买卖。“或陶器店”:所谓“陶器”指器皿,以那些器皿为商品的人称为陶器商,他们的店铺就称为陶器店,也就是陶匠商品商贩的店铺。显示巴利原文
598.Tena samayenāti pattasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha pattavāṇijjanti gāmanigamādīsu vicarantā pattavāṇijjaṃ vā karissanti. Āmattikāpaṇaṃ vāti amattāni vuccanti bhājanāni, tāni yesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ te āmattikā, tesaṃ āmattikānaṃ āpaṇaṃ āmattikāpaṇaṃ, kulālabhaṇḍavāṇijakāpaṇanti attho.
602 602.“钵的三种颜色”指钵的三种尺寸。“容纳半阿罗迦量的饭”指能容纳以摩揭陀量制两升米所煮的饭。据《暗夜注疏》说,摩揭陀升重十二巴达半。据《大注疏》说,锡兰岛上的通用升较大,泰米尔升较小,摩揭陀升的大小适中,一升半摩揭陀升等于一锡兰升。“四分之一嚼食”指相当于饭量四分之一的嚼食,这应以手捧绿豆汤为标准。“与之相应的菜肴”指与该饭量相称的鱼、肉、蔬菜、水果、嫩芽等菜肴。显示巴利原文
602.Tayopattassa vaṇṇāti tīṇi pattassa pamāṇāni. Aḍḍhāḷhakodanaṃ gaṇhātīti magadhanāḷiyā dvinnaṃ taṇḍulanāḷīnaṃ odanaṃ gaṇhāti. Magadhanāḷi nāma aḍḍhaterasapalā hotīti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sīhaḷadīpe pakatināḷi mahantā, damiḷanāḷi khuddakā, magadhanāḷi pamāṇayuttā, tāya magadhanāḷiyā diyaḍḍhanāḷi ekā sīhaḷanāḷi hotīti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Catubhāgaṃ khādananti odanassa catutthabhāgappamāṇaṃ khādanaṃ, taṃ hatthahāriyassa muggasūpassa vasena veditabbaṃ. Tadupiyaṃ byañjananti tassa odanassa anurūpaṃ macchamaṃsasākaphalakaḷīrādibyañjanaṃ.
此处应作如下决断:取两份完好无损的旧米,精捣洁净的摩揭陀升米,以此米煮成不生硬、不过软、不成团、颗粒分明、如茉莉花蕾堆般沥干的饭,全部盛入钵中。随后加入约当饭量四分之一、不稠不稀、手捧之量的绿豆汤,及其它各种配料。接着加入与每一口饭相配、直至最后一口都足够的鱼、肉等菜肴。然而,酥油、油、酸粥等不计入分量,因其随饭而定,既不可少也不可多。如此放入的全部食物,若恰好齐钵口的边缘线,以线或签刮平时,线或签的下端刚好与食物相触,则称此为‘上等钵’。若超过此线而堆成尖顶,则称‘上等偏下钵’。若未达此线而处于边缘之内,则称‘上上等钵’。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – anupahatapurāṇasālitaṇḍulānaṃ sukoṭṭitaparisuddhānaṃ dve magadhanāḷiyo gahetvā tehi taṇḍulehi anuttaṇḍulaṃ akilinnaṃ apiṇḍitaṃ suvisadaṃ kundamakuḷarāsisadisaṃ avassāvitodanaṃ pacitvā niravasesaṃ patte pakkhipitvā tassa odanassa catutthabhāgappamāṇo nātighano nātitanuko hatthahāriyo sabbasambhārasaṅkhato muggasūpo pakkhipitabbo. Tato ālopassa ālopassa anurūpaṃ yāvacarimālopappahonakaṃ macchamaṃsādibyañjanaṃ pakkhipitabbaṃ, sappitelatakkarasakañjikādīni pana gaṇanūpagāni na honti, tāni hi odanagatikāneva, neva hāpetuṃ na vaḍḍhetuṃ sakkonti. Evametaṃ sabbampi pakkhittaṃ sace pattassa mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, suttena vā hīrena vā chindantassa suttassa vā hīrassa vā heṭṭhimantaṃ phusati, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭho nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti, antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho nāma patto.
‘一升饭量之钵’,指容纳一摩揭陀量制升米所煮饭量的钵。‘半升饭量之钵’,指容纳半摩揭陀量制升米所煮饭量的钵。其余应依前述之理类推。但此处有名称上的差别:若将一升饭量等全部放入后,恰与下边缘线齐平,此钵名为‘中型钵’;若超过该边缘线而堆起,此钵名为‘中型偏小钵’;若未达此边缘线而在内部,此钵名为‘中型偏大钵’。若将半升饭量等全部放入后,恰与下边缘线齐平,此钵名为‘小型钵’;若超过该边缘线而堆起,此钵名为‘小型偏小钵’;若未达此边缘线而在内部,此钵名为‘小型偏大钵’。如此共有九种钵。其中两种不合规格,即‘大型偏大钵’与‘小型偏小钵’。经中所说‘超大型者不合规格,小小型者不合规格’,即就此二者而言。‘大型偏大钵’因较大型更大,故言‘超大型者不合规格’;‘小型偏小钵’因较小型更小,故言‘小小型者不合规格’。因此,此二种钵只得用作器皿,不得行结界,不得作舍与他人。其余七种,应先结界或舍与他人后方可受用;若不作这些法而超过十日,则犯尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚——即超过最多十日之限。显示巴利原文
Nāḷikodananti magadhanāḷiyā ekāya taṇḍulanāḷiyā odanaṃ. Patthodananti magadhanāḷiyā upaḍḍhanāḷikodanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana nāmamatte viseso – sace nāḷikodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ vuttanayeneva heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimo nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ majjhimukkaṭṭho nāma patto. Sace patthodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omakomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na pāpuṇāti antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ omakukkaṭṭho nāma pattoti evamete nava pattā. Tesu dve apattā ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho ca omakomako ca. ‘‘Tato ukkaṭṭho apatto omako apatto’’ti idañhi ete sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho hi ettha ukkaṭṭhato ukkaṭṭhattā ‘‘tato ukkaṭṭho apatto’’ti vutto. Omakomako ca omakato omakattā tato omako apattoti vutto. Tasmā ete bhājanaparibhogena paribhuñjitabbā, na adhiṭṭhānupagā, na vikappanupagā. Itare pana satta adhiṭṭhahitvā vā vikappetvā vā paribhuñjitabbā, evaṃ akatvā taṃ dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti taṃ sattavidhampi pattaṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
607 607.‘受用应舍之钵而未舍弃者’:饮粥后洗钵,犯恶作;食干食后洗钵,犯恶作;食饭后洗钵,犯恶作。如此,于每一动作皆成恶作。显示巴利原文
607.Nissaggiyaṃ pattaṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjatīti yāguṃ pivitvā dhote dukkaṭaṃ, khañjakaṃ khāditvā bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā dhote dukkaṭanti evaṃ payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ.
608 「无犯」者:于十日内作净或舍与。此处,即使钵已符合尺寸,其是否可作净、可舍与,应如此理解——铁钵经五番烧制、陶钵经两番烧制,方堪作净;二者皆须在应付钵价之处将钵价付清。若烧制缺少一次,或钵价哪怕只差一迦迦尼迦未付,则不可作净。若钵主说:「待你们有钵价时再支付,请先作净而用。」此钵亦不可作净。因烧制不足故不得称钵,又因钵价全部或部分未付,故非自有,仍属他人所有。因此,唯有烧制与钵价皆圆满,方为可作净。可作净者即可舍与,无论已到手或未到手,皆应作净或舍与。若制钵者得到钵价后,自愿想给与而说:「尊者,我为你们制钵,将于某日烧制后放置。」比丘若从彼所说之日起超过十日,犯舍堕。若制钵者说:「我为你们制钵、烧制后将遣使通知。」并如实而行,但彼所遣比丘未能告知该比丘,另有他人见闻后说:「尊者,您的钵已完成。」此人告知不足为凭。唯当彼所遣者亲自告知时,从其言听闻之日起,超过十日者犯舍堕。若制钵者说:「我为你们制钵、烧制后将托人送去。」并如实而行,但持钵前显示巴利原文
608.Anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetīti ettha pana pamāṇayuttassapi adhiṭṭhānavikappanupagattaṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ – ayopatto pañcahi pākehi mattikāpatto dvīhi pākehi pakko adhiṭṭhānupago, ubhopi yaṃ mūlaṃ dātabbaṃ, tasmiṃ dinneyeva. Sace ekopi pāko ūno hoti, kākaṇikamattampi vā mūlaṃ adinnaṃ, na adhiṭṭhānupago. Sacepi pattasāmiko vadati ‘‘yadā tumhākaṃ mūlaṃ bhavissati, tadā dassatha, adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjathā’’ti neva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti, pākassa hi ūnattā pattasaṅkhaṃ na gacchati, mūlassa sakalassa vā ekadesassa vā adinnattā sakabhāvaṃ na upeti, aññasseva santako hoti, tasmā pāke ca mūle ca niṭṭhiteyeva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti. Yo adhiṭṭhānupago, sveva vikappanupago, so hatthaṃ āgatopi anāgatopi adhiṭṭhātabbo vikappetabbo vā. Yadi hi pattakārako mūlaṃ labhitvā sayaṃ vā dātukāmo hutvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā asukadivase nāma pacitvā ṭhapessāmī’’ti vadati, bhikkhu ca tena paricchinnadivasato dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana pattakārako ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā pacitvā sāsanaṃ pesessāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, tena pesitabhikkhu pana tassa bhikkhuno na āroceti, añño disvā vā sutvā vā ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, patto niṭṭhito’’ti āroceti, etassa ārocanaṃ napamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana tena pesitoyeva āroceti, tassa vacanaṃ sutadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pattakārako ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā pacitvā kassaci hatthe pahiṇissāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, pattaṃ gahetvā āgatabhikkhu pana attano pariveṇe ṭhapetvā tassa na āroceti, añño koci bhaṇati ‘‘api, bhante, adhunā ābhato patto sundaro’’ti! ‘‘Kuhiṃ, āvuso, patto’’ti? ‘‘Itthannāmassa hatthe pesito’’ti. Etassapi vacanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana so bhikkhu pattaṃ deti , laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Tasmā dasāhaṃ anatikkāmetvāva adhiṭṭhātabbo vikappetabbo vā.
其中,对钵作净有两种:以身作净,或以语作净。依此作净者,应先处理旧钵——或当面或背对,说「我舍此钵」或「我舍彼钵」,或施与他人,然后以手触新钵,无论其置于何处,心中作意「我作净此钵」——以心作意、以身表行而作身作净;或以发语而行语作净。其中,作净的方式有两种:若钵在伸手可及之处,应发语「我作净此钵」;若在室内、楼上或邻近住处,应确定放置之处,发语「我作净彼钵」。显示巴利原文
Tattha dve pattassa adhiṭṭhānā – kāyena vā adhiṭṭhāti, vācāya vā adhiṭṭhāti. Tesaṃ vasena adhiṭṭhahantena ca ‘‘imaṃ pattaṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ pattaṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti vā evaṃ sammukhe vā parammukhe vā ṭhitaṃ purāṇapattaṃ paccuddharitvā aññassa vā datvā navaṃ pattaṃ yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ hatthena parāmasitvā ‘‘imaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti cittena ābhogaṃ katvā kāyavikāraṃ karontena kāyena vā adhiṭṭhātabbo, vacībhedaṃ katvā vācāya vā adhiṭṭhātabbo. Tatra duvidhaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ – sace hatthapāse hoti ‘‘imaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā. Atha antogabbhe vā uparipāsāde vā sāmantavihāre vā hoti, ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘etaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti vācā bhinditabbā.
作净时,独自一人作净亦可,于他人面前作净亦可。于他人面前作净有这种利益:若他生起「我是否已作净?」的疑惑,那人可提醒而断其疑。若有人得到十钵,想全部自用,则不应全部作净。应作净一钵,次日将其舍出,再作净另一钵。依此方法,即使百年亦能持守。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhahantena pana ekakena adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭati, aññassa santike adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭati. Aññassa santike ayamānisaṃso – sacassa ‘‘adhiṭṭhito nu kho me, no’’ti vimati uppajjati, itaro sāretvā vimatiṃ chindissatīti. Sace koci dasa patte labhitvā sabbeva attanāva paribhuñjitukāmo hoti, na sabbe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Ekaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāya punadivase taṃ paccuddharitvā añño adhiṭṭhātabbo. Etenupāyena vassasatampi pariharituṃ sakkā.
问:“不放逸的比丘,可有舍弃决意之事?”答:“有。若他将此钵施与他人,或还俗,或舍戒,或命终,或性别转变,或捨戒还俗,或钵破损,即舍决意。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ appamattassa bhikkhuno siyā adhiṭṭhānavijahananti? Siyā. Sace hi ayaṃ pattaṃ aññassa vā deti, vibbhamati vā sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāti, kālaṃ vā karoti, liṅgaṃ vāssa parivattati, paccuddharati vā, patte vā chiddaṃ hoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
因施、还俗、舍戒,及因死亡所作;
因变性、捨戒,及因破损,成为第七种。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dinnavibbhantapaccakkhā , kālaṃkiriyakatena ca; Liṅgapaccuddharā ceva, chiddena bhavati sattama’’nti.
因被盗取,或因信任而交付他人,也会失去决意。钵的决意因多大的破损而破坏呢?因能让一粒碎米既出又入的破损而破坏。因为这是七种谷物中最劣的碎米,当用铁粉或楔子将其修复后,应在十日内重新决意。以上是“于十日内决意、分配”中关于决意的判定。显示巴利原文
Coraharaṇavissāsaggāhehipi vijahatiyeva. Kittakena chiddena adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhijjati? Yena kaṅgusitthaṃ nikkhamati ceva pavisati ca. Idañhi sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ lāmakadhaññasitthaṃ, tasmiṃ ayacuṇṇena vā āṇiyā vā paṭipākatike kate dasāhabbhantare puna adhiṭṭhātabbo. Ayaṃ tāva ‘‘antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetī’’ti ettha adhiṭṭhāne vinicchayo.
关于分配,有两种分配——面前分配与背后分配。如何是面前分配呢?了知钵是单一还是多个、是存放还是未存放的状态后,说“此钵”或“这些钵”,或“这个钵”或“那些钵”,然后应说“我为你分配”。这是一种面前分配。至此,可以存放,但不可使用、舍弃或决意。若说“我的所有物,你使用、舍弃或如法处理吧”,则称为收回。从此以后,使用等便成为允许。显示巴利原文
Vikappane pana dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hoti? Pattānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘imaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ime patte’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ete patte’’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ vā vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhaṃ santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
另一种方法——同样了知钵是单一还是多个、是存放还是未存放的状态后,就在那位比丘面前,说“此钵”或“这些钵”,或“这个钵”或“那些钵”,然后从五位同法者中,取自己中意的任意一位的名字,说“我为提沙比丘分配”,或“我为提沙比丘尼、在学尼、沙弥、提沙沙弥尼分配”。这是另一种面前分配。至此,可以存放,但在使用等方面,一种也不允许。若那位比丘说“提沙比丘的所有物……乃至……提沙沙弥尼的所有物,你使用、舍弃或如法处理吧”,则称为收回。从此以后,使用等便成为允许。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – tatheva pattānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike ‘‘imaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ime patte’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ete patte’’ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī’’ti vā ‘‘tissāya bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
背后分配如何进行?了知诸钵单一与多个、已存放与未存放的状态后,说“此钵”或“这些钵”,或说“此钵”或“那些钵”,然后应说:“我为分配予你而施。”应当问他:“谁是你的朋友或相识?”接着,另一方应如前述的方法说“提沙比丘……乃至提沙沙弥尼”。那位比丘再说“我施与提沙比丘”……乃至……“我施与提沙沙弥尼”,这即是背后分配。至此,可以存放,然而在使用等方面,任何方式都不允许。若那位比丘依照第二种面前分配中所说的方法,说“某某的所有物,你使用、舍弃或如法处理吧”,则称为收回。从此以后,使用等便成为允许。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hoti? Pattānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘imaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ime patte’’ti vā ‘‘etaṃ patta’’nti vā ‘‘ete patte’’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti? Tato itarena purimanayeneva ‘‘tisso bhikkhūti vā…pe… tissā sāmaṇerī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā ‘‘ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammī’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvattā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva ‘‘itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
这两种分配的差异,以及其余所有语序,都应依第一咖提那学处注释中所说的方法,连同起源等来了知。显示巴利原文
Imāsaṃ pana dvinnaṃ vikappanānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ, avaseso ca vacanakkamo sabbo paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
二、不足五缀学处的解释显示巴利原文
2. Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
609 609. “那时”即指不足五缀学处。其中,“不能维持”意为:据说,如果他不是圣弟子,可能会发生转变;如此被他们逼迫,但因已证须陀洹,仅仅是身体不能维持而已,因此说:“他自己也不能维持,他的儿女和妻子亦在受苦。”显示巴利原文
609.Tena samayenāti ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha na yāpetīti so kira yadi ariyasāvako nābhavissā, aññathattampi agamissā, evaṃ tehi ubbāḷho, sotāpannattā pana kevalaṃ sarīreneva na yāpeti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpissa kilamantī’’ti.
612-3 “以不足五缀”者:此处,“不足五缀”指其五缀不足,即不具足五缀,故称“以不足五缀”。这是对具足此相者的具格描述。其中,由于全无缀者亦不具足五缀,故于分别句中言“或无缀者”等。复次,因其说“以不足五缀”,若有比丘的钵为五缀,则该钵已不堪用,因此可乞求另一钵。所谓的“缀”,乃因有缀处则存在,无则不存在,为显此相,故说“无缀处者”等。显示巴利原文
612-3.Ūnapañcabandhanenāti ettha ūnāni pañca bandhanāni assāti ūnapañcabandhano, nāssa pañca bandhanāni pūrentīti attho, tena ūnapañcabandhanena. Itthambhūtassa lakkhaṇe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tattha yasmā abandhanassāpi pañca bandhanāni na pūrenti, sabbaso natthitāya, tasmā padabhājane ‘‘abandhano vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ . ‘‘Ūnapañcabandhanenā’’ti ca vuttattā yassa pañcabandhano patto hoti, tassa so apatto, tasmā aññaṃ viññāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Bandhanañca nāmetaṃ yasmā bandhanokāse sati hoti, asati na hoti, tasmā tassa lakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘abandhanokāso nāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
“无二指裂纹”指:从钵口边缘向下,无一条乃至二指量的裂纹。“若有二指裂纹”指:如有那样的一条裂纹,应在该裂纹的下端,用钵钻钻孔后加以烧制,再用线绳、麻绳等或以锡线绑缚;为避免粘着食物,应以锡片或某种绑缚用的石片覆盖。此钵应决意后使用,或钻细孔后绑缚。但不可用纯蜜蜡、虫胶、树脂等加以绑缚。熬煮糖蜜后,以石粉粘合绑缚则可用。在口边附近,若以钵钻钻孔,会因钵壁厚而破裂,故应于其下方钻孔。若有两条裂纹,或一条长四指的裂纹,应作两处绑缚。若有三条,或一条六指长者,应作三处。若有四条,或一条八指长者,应作四处。若有五条,或一条十指长者,无论已绑缚或未绑缚,皆不成为钵,应乞求另一钵。以上为陶钵的判定。显示巴利原文
Dvaṅgulā rāji na hotīti mukhavaṭṭito heṭṭhā dvaṅgulappamāṇā ekāpi rāji na hoti. Yassa dvaṅgulā rāji hotīti yassa pana tādisā ekā rāji hoti, so tassā rājiyā heṭṭhimapariyante pattavedhakena vijjhitvā pacitvā suttarajjuka-makacirajjukādīhi vā tipusuttakena vā bandhitabbo, taṃ bandhanaṃ āmisassa alagganatthaṃ tipupaṭṭakena vā kenaci baddhasilesena vā paṭicchādetabbaṃ. So ca patto adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabbo, sukhumaṃ vā chiddaṃ katvā bandhitabbo. Suddhehi pana madhusitthakalākhāsajjulasādīhi bandhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Phāṇitaṃ jhāpetvā pāsāṇacuṇṇena bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Mukhavaṭṭisamīpe pana pattavedhakena vijjhiyamāno kapālassa bahalattā bhijjati, tasmā heṭṭhā vijjhitabbo. Yassa pana dve rājiyo ekāyeva vā caturaṅgulā, tassa dve bandhanāni dātabbāni. Yassa tisso ekāyeva vā chaḷaṅgulā, tassa tīṇi. Yassa catasso ekāyeva vā aṭṭhaṅgulā, tassa cattāri. Yassa pañca ekāyeva vā dasaṅgulā, so baddhopi abaddhopi apattoyeva, añño viññāpetabbo. Esa tāva mattikāpatte vinicchayo.
然而,对于铁钵,即使有五个或更多的破洞,若这些破洞已用铁粉、楔子或铁片修补光滑,此钵便仍可使用,不应向他人乞求新钵。但是,如果有一个洞很大,即使以铁片修补也无法使其平滑,食物会粘着钵体,则不如法,该钵便不可用,应向他人乞求另一钵。显示巴利原文
Ayopatte pana sacepi pañca vā atirekāni vā chiddāni honti, tāni ce ayacuṇṇena vā āṇiyā vā lohamaṇḍalakena vā baddhāni maṭṭhāni honti, sveva patto paribhuñjitabbo, na añño viññāpetabbo. Atha pana ekampi chiddaṃ mahantaṃ hoti, lohamaṇḍalakena baddhampi maṭṭhaṃ na hoti, patte āmisaṃ laggati, akappiyo hoti, ayaṃ apatto. Añño viññāpetabbo.
615 “应告知长老”的意思是,先展示钵的功德,然后说:“尊者,这个钵尺寸适中、外形美观,与长老相配,请您接受它。”若他不接受,若是出于悲悯而不接受,犯恶作;若是出于知足,心想“我要其他钵做什么”而不接受,则无犯。“钵的边缘”是指如此翻转之后,钵的周边部分。显示巴利原文
615.Thero vattabboti patte ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, patto pamāṇayutto sundaro therānurūpo, taṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vattabbo. Yo na gaṇheyyāti anukampāya na gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Yo pana santuṭṭhiyā ‘‘kiṃ me aññena pattenā’’ti na gaṇhāti, tassa anāpatti. Pattapariyantoti evaṃ parivattetvā pariyante ṭhitapatto.
“不放在不适当处”是指,不应将钵放在床、椅、伞、牙签架之类不适当的地方。应放在前次放置那个好钵的同一处。钵的放置处,在《犍度》中已依“诸比丘,我允许托架”等的方式说过。显示巴利原文
Na adeseti mañcapīṭhachattanāgadantakādike adese, na nikkhipitabbo. Yattha purimaṃ sundaraṃ pattaṃ ṭhapeti, tattheva ṭhapetabbo. Pattassa hi nikkhipanadeso ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ādhāraka’’ntiādinā nayena khandhake vuttoyeva.
“不以非使用方式”是指,不应以煮粥、煮染料、煮饭等非正当用途来使用钵。但在旅途中生病时,如果没有其他容器,可以用泥涂抹后在钵中煮粥或烧水,这是允许的。显示巴利原文
Naabhogenāti yāgurandhanarajanapacanādinā aparibhogena na paribhuñjitabbo. Antarāmagge pana byādhimhi uppanne aññasmiṃ bhājane asati mattikāya limpetvā yāguṃ vā pacituṃ udakaṃ vā tāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.
“不应舍弃”是指不应给与他人。然而,若共住弟子或近事弟子将另一个好钵搁置一旁,取用此钵而说“这个适合我,这个是长老的”,这样是允许的。或者他人取走那个钵,而将自己的钵给他,这也允许。没有义务说“把我的钵拿来”。显示巴利原文
Na vissajjetabboti aññassa na dātabbo. Sace pana saddhivihāriko vā antevāsiko vā aññaṃ varapattaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ sāruppo, ayaṃ therassā’’ti gaṇhāti, vaṭṭati. Añño vā taṃ gahetvā attano pattaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhameva pattaṃ āharā’’ti vattabbakiccaṃ natthi.
617 “已邀请处”于此:依僧团而邀请之处,唯用五缀法即可;依个人而邀请之处,即使不足五缀亦可——这是《库伦迪》中所说。其余义理,此处显然。显示巴利原文
617.Pavāritānanti ettha saṅghavasena pavāritaṭṭhāne pañcabandhaneneva vaṭṭati. Puggalavasena pavāritaṭṭhāne ūnapañcabandhanenāpi vaṭṭatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
六种起源、作为、非想解脱、非心、制戒罪、身业语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
三、药品学处解释显示巴利原文
3. Bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
618 那时,即医药学处制定之时。其含义是:国王见到比丘们正为长老的住处清理山洞,便想施给园丁,于是问道:“尊者,有什么需要吗?”显示巴利原文
618.Tena samayenāti bhesajjasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha attho, bhanteti rājā bhikkhū uyyuttappayutte therassa leṇatthāya pabbhāraṃ sodhente disvā ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo pucchi.
619-21 “个别”:单独一人。“花环屋”:指已做好花环、佩戴花环之处,义为以花鬘装饰。“草垫”:草编垫。“放置”:安放。“她成为金环”:女孩将草垫放在头上,仅凭长老的决意,草垫便成了金莲花环。长老决意:“愿此草垫成为金环。”第二次……次日,他便前往。显示巴利原文
619-21.Pāṭiyekkoti visuṃ eko. Mālākiteti katamāle mālādhare, kusumamālāpaṭimaṇḍiteti attho. Tiṇaṇḍupakanti tiṇacumbaṭakaṃ. Paṭimuñcīti ṭhapesi. Sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālāti dārikāya sīse ṭhapitamattāyeva therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena suvaṇṇapadumamālā ahosi. Tañhi tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ sīse ṭhapitamattameva ‘‘suvaṇṇamālā hotū’’ti thero adhiṭṭhāsi. Dutiyampi kho…pe…. Tenupasaṅkamīti dutiyadivaseyeva upasaṅkami.
“决意为金”:即决意“愿成金色”。“五种药”:指熟酥等。“多求者”:因多求资具而行者。“在瓮和罐中”:此处“瓮”指大口缸。“流下散落”:指向下及两侧流散。“挖地钻穴”:指由于熟酥等的气味而掘地、挖墙,以及在上方走动者所散落。“内库”:指内部设置的库房。显示巴利原文
Suvaṇṇantiadhimuccīti ‘‘sovaṇṇamayo hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Pañcannaṃ bhesajjānanti sappiādīnaṃ. Bāhulikāti paccayabāhulikatāya paṭipannā. Kolambepi ghaṭepītiettha kolambā nāma mahāmukhacāṭiyo vuccanti. Olīnavilīnānīti heṭṭhā ca ubhatopassesu ca gaḷitāni. Okiṇṇavikiṇṇāti sappiādīnaṃ gandhena bhūmiṃ khanantehi okiṇṇā, bhittiyo khanantehi upari sañcarantehi ca vikiṇṇā. Antokoṭṭhāgārikāti abbhantare saṃvihitakoṭṭhāgārā.
622 “应受持”指应受持、应服用者。“药”指不论是否作为药物使用,而获得此名称之物。以“牛酥”等显示世间常见者,又以“其肉可食者”摄尽鹿、罗希塔鱼、兔等之酥。凡有乳者即有酥,无论易得或难得,为免混淆而作此说。新酥亦然。显示巴利原文
622.Paṭisāyanīyānīti paṭisāyitabbāni, paribhuñjitabbānīti attho. Bhesajjānīti bhesajjakiccaṃ karontu vā mā vā, evaṃ laddhavohārāni. ‘‘Gosappī’’tiādīhi loke pākaṭaṃ dassetvā ‘‘yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappatī’’ti iminā aññesampi migarohitasasādīnaṃ sappiṃ saṅgahetvā dassesi. Yesañhi khīraṃ atthi, sappipi tesaṃ atthiyeva, taṃ pana sulabhaṃ vā hotu dullabhaṃ vā, asammohatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ navanītampi.
“应作七日蓄藏而使用”指蓄藏后存放而使用。如何行事?依据律典所提到的酥等,先说酥:若于食前接受,当日食前可搀杂食物或不搀杂食物而受用;从食后起,七日之内仅可无搀杂食物而受用。若超过七日,若同储于一器,则该器中之酥应舍;若分置多器,则按器皿数量计算应舍。食后接受之酥,七日之内仅可无搀杂食物而受用。无论食前或食后接受,若以夺取想而存放,则不得食用,但可用于涂身等。即使超过七日,亦无犯,因为已不可食用,且世尊开许‘应受持’。若未受具足戒者将食前接受的新酥制成熟酥后供养,比丘于食前可搀杂食物而受用。若比丘自己制作,则七日之内仅可无搀杂食物而受用。若以食后接受的新酥制成,无论由谁制作,该熟酥七日之内仅可无搀杂食物而受用。以夺取想制成者,应依前述纯净熟酥之理,如法了知判定。显示巴利原文
Sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbānīti sannidhiṃ katvā nidahitvā paribhuñjitabbāni. Kathaṃ? Pāḷiyā āgatasappiādīsu sappi tāva purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ tadahupurebhattaṃ sāmisampi nirāmisampi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Sattāhātikkame sace ekabhājane ṭhapitaṃ, ekaṃ nissaggiyaṃ. Sace bahūsu vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyāni, pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittaṃ ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati; abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, anajjhoharaṇīyataṃ āpannattā. ‘‘Paṭisāyanīyānī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Sace anupasampanno purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitanavanītena sappiṃ katvā deti, purebhattaṃ sāmisaṃ vaṭṭati. Sace sayaṃ karoti, sattāhampi nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitanavanītena pana yena kenaci katasappi sattāhampi nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Uggahitakena kate pubbe vuttasuddhasappinayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo.
以食前所接受之乳或酪制成的酥,若由未受具足戒者制作,虽搀杂食物,于当日食前仍可受用。若为自己制作,则仅可不搀杂食物而受用。因为加热生酥时,并不构成自己烹煮;但若以自己烹煮的方式处理,则搀杂食物便不许可。从食后开始,便完全不可受用。即使超过七日,亦无犯戒,因为这是先前已接受之物(如经云‘接受这些之后’)。然而,以食后接受之物所制成的酥,可用于涂头等外用。以食前受持之物制成者,以及以食前与食后二者之物混合制成者,超过七日亦皆无犯。此理同样适用于不净肉之酥。但有一差别:凡在巴利圣典中所提到的酥,若涉及舍堕,此处则为恶作。在《暗部注释》中,虽以似是而非的理由禁止了人肉酥与生酥,但此禁止不当,因为一切注释书皆已开许。在后文中也将对此加以判定。显示巴利原文
Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitakhīrena vā dadhinā vā katasappi anupasampannena kataṃ sāmisampi tadahupurebhattaṃ vaṭṭati. Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati . Navanītaṃ tāpentassa hi sāmaṃpāko na hoti, sāmaṃpakkena pana tena saddhiṃ āmisaṃ na vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya ca na vaṭṭatiyeva. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, savatthukassa paṭiggahitattā, ‘‘tāni paṭiggahetvā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitehi kataṃ pana abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattampi ca uggahitakehi kataṃ ubhayesampi sattāhātikkame anāpatti. Eseva nayo akappiyamaṃsasappimhi. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yattha pāḷiyaṃ āgatasappinā nissaggiyaṃ, tattha iminā dukkaṭaṃ. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ vatvā manussasappi ca navanītañca paṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ duppaṭikkhittaṃ, sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu anuññātattā. Parato cassa vinicchayopi āgacchissati.
巴利圣典中所说的新鲜酥油,若于食前接受,在当日食前即使杂有食物亦可使用;从食后开始,则唯无食物者方可使用。超过七日,若分置不同容器,按容器数目计;即使置于同一容器中而未混合,若以团块方式放置,按团块数目计,皆为舍堕。食后所接受者,应如酥油之理了知。然而,此处酪团中亦有酪浆滴,因此半大长老们说:‘洗净即可使用。’但大尸婆长老说:‘从世尊开许之时起,比丘们仅食用从酪浆中取出的部分而已。’因此,享用新鲜酥油者,应洗净、除去酪、酪浆、苍蝇、蚂蚁等之后再食用。若欲煮成酥油而食用,即使未洗亦可煮;其中属于酪或酪浆的部分将会消失,如此便不名为‘有前物的接受’,此乃此处之意趣。然而,由于与食物一同烹煮,对此亦生疑惑,故为断疑而说。如今,对于受持后放置的新鲜酥油、由食前所受乳酪制成的新鲜酥油、由食后所受乳酪制成的新鲜酥油、以受持物制成的新鲜酥油,以及不清净肉的新鲜酥油,一切犯与不犯、可用与不可用的理趣,皆应依酥油中所说次第而解了。显示巴利原文
Pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ navanītampi purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ tadahupurebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame nānābhājanesu ṭhapite bhājanagaṇanāya ekabhājanepi amissetvā piṇḍapiṇḍavasena ṭhapite piṇḍagaṇanāya nissaggiyāni. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sappinayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ettha pana dadhiguḷikāyopi takkabindūnipi honti, tasmā taṃ dhotaṃ vaṭṭatīti upaḍḍhattherā āhaṃsu. Mahāsīvatthero pana ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātakālato paṭṭhāya takkato uddhaṭamattameva khādiṃsū’’ti āha. Tasmā navanītaṃ paribhuñjantena dhovitvā dadhitakkamakkhikākipillikādīni apanetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Pacitvā sappiṃ katvā paribhuñjitukāmena adhotampi pacituṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ tattha dadhigataṃ vā takkagataṃ vā taṃ khayaṃ gamissati, ettāvatā hi savatthukapaṭiggahitaṃ nāma na hotīti ayamettha adhippāyo. Āmisena saddhiṃ pakkattā pana tasmimpi kukkuccāyanti kukkuccakā. Idāni uggahetvā ṭhapitanavanīte ca purebhattaṃ khīradadhīni paṭiggahetvā katanavanīte ca pacchābhattaṃ tāni paṭiggahetvā katanavanīte ca uggahitehi katanavavīte ca akappiyamaṃsanavanīte ca sabbo āpattānāpattiparibhogāparibhoganayo sappimhi vuttakkameneva gahetabbo.
然而,进入乞油处的比丘们,于彼处被施与酥油、新鲜酥油、熟油及生油,其中亦有酪浆滴、酪滴、饭粒、碎米、苍蝇等。以日晒法处理,过滤而取者,成为七日药;与受持后放置的药物一同煮后,亦可作鼻药使用。若在雨季,具惭耻心的沙弥为使其中落入的碎米等不被煮熟,而将杂有食物的煮物置于火上融化、过滤、再煮后施与,依前述之理,七日间亦可使用。显示巴利原文
Telabhikkhāya paviṭṭhānaṃ pana bhikkhūnaṃ tattheva sappimpi navanītampi pakkatelampi apakkatelampi ākiranti, tattha takkadadhibindūnipi bhattasitthānipi taṇḍulakaṇāpi makkhikādayopi honti. Ādiccapākaṃ katvā parissāvetvā gahitaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ hoti, paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitabhesajjehi saddhiṃ pacitvā natthupānampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace vaddalisamaye lajji sāmaṇero yathā tattha patitataṇḍulakaṇādayo na paccanti, evaṃ sāmisapākaṃ mocento aggimhi vilīyāpetvā parissāvetvā puna pacitvā deti, purimanayeneva sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati.
诸油之中,先说芝麻油:若于食前接受,食前虽杂有食亦可使用;从食后开始,则唯无食者方可使用。超过七日时,应知按容器数目计为舍堕。食后所受者,七日间唯无食者方可使用。作为受持物而放置者,不可食用,可用于涂头等外用,超过七日亦无犯戒。由食前所受芝麻制成的油,食前虽杂有食亦可使用;从食后开始,则不可食用,可用于涂头等外用,超过七日亦无犯戒。由食后所受芝麻制成的油,完全不可食用,因为是有前物的受持;超过七日亦无犯戒,可用于涂头等外用。以食前或食后受持的芝麻所制成的油,此理亦同。显示巴利原文
Telesu tilatelaṃ tāva purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame panassa bhājanagaṇanāya nissaggiyabhāvo veditabbo. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittaṃ ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Purebhattaṃ tile paṭiggahetvā katatelaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ hoti, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Pacchābhattaṃ tile paṭiggahetvā katatelaṃ anajjhoharaṇīyameva, savatthukapaṭiggahitattā, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā uggahitakatilehi katatelepi eseva nayo.
对于食前接受的芝麻,若经炒过,或芝麻粉经蒸过,或以温水浸泡后制成的油,若由未受具足戒者制作,即使杂有荤食,在食前亦可使用。但自己制作的油,因已提炼,在食前仅限无荤食方可使用。因为是自行烹煮,故杂有荤食者不可使用;又因属于有前物的接受,从食后起,二者皆不可食用,可用于涂头等外用,超过七日亦不犯戒。然而,若温水极少,仅是洒上少许,则属微不足道,不列入自行烹煮之数。显示巴利原文
Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitakatile bhajjitvā vā tilapiṭṭhaṃ vā sedetvā uṇhodakena vā temetvā katatelaṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Attanā katatelaṃ pana nibbaṭṭitattā purebhattaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Sāmaṃpakkattā sāmisaṃ na vaṭṭati, savatthukapaṭiggahitattā pana pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya ubhayampi anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Yadi pana appaṃ uṇhodakaṃ hoti abbhukkiraṇamattaṃ, abbohārikaṃ hoti, sāmapākagaṇanaṃ na gacchati. Sāsapatelādīsupi avatthukapaṭiggahitesu avatthukatilatele vuttasadisova vinicchayo.
若以食前接受的芥子等粉末,藉日晒法能制成油,此油在食前即使杂有荤食亦可使用;从食后起,则仅限无荤食方可使用;超过七日则犯舍堕。然而,芥子、甘草粉等须经蒸制,蓖麻籽须经炒制,方成其油,因此这些油若由未受具足戒者制作,在食前即使杂有荤食亦可使用。由于这些原料是尽形寿药,故在有前物的接受上并无过失。若自己制作,七日之内仅可以无荤食的方式受用。以受持物所制成者,不可食用,可用于外用,超过七日亦不犯戒。显示巴利原文
Sace pana purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitānaṃ sāsapādīnaṃ cuṇṇehi ādiccapākena sakkā telaṃ kātuṃ, taṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva, sattāhātikkame nissaggiyaṃ. Yasmā pana sāsapamadhukacuṇṇādīni sedetvā eraṇḍakaṭṭhīni ca bhajjitvā eva telaṃ karonti, tasmā tesaṃ telaṃ anupasampannehi kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Vatthūnaṃ yāvajīvikattā pana savatthukapaṭiggahaṇe doso natthīti. Attanā kataṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogeneva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Uggahitakehi kataṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ bāhiraparibhoge vaṭṭati, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti.
为制油而取用芥子、甘草、蓖麻籽等所制成的油,时限为七日。第二日所制者,可用六日;第三日所制者,可用五日;第四、第五、第六、第七日所制者,仅限当日使用。若存留至破晓时分,则为应舍。第八日所制者,不可食用,但非应舍,可用于外用。即便不为制油,仅为取油而取用的芥子等,若超过七日,亦犯恶作。此外,巴利圣典未提及的其他油,如椰子油、印度楝油、木苹果油、卡兰贾油、蓖麻油、亚麻籽油等,若取用后超过七日,亦犯恶作。此为它们之间的差别。其余内容,应参照时药资具、尽形寿资具、自煮资具、食前食后取用及受持资具等规定,依前述之理即可了知。显示巴利原文
Telakaraṇatthāya sāsapamadhukaeraṇḍakaṭṭhīni vā paṭiggahetvā kataṃ telaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ. Dutiyadivase kataṃ chāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Tatiyadivase kataṃ pañcāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Catuttha-pañcama-chaṭṭhasattāmadivase kataṃ tadaheva vaṭṭati. Sace yāva aruṇassa uggamanā tiṭṭhati, nissaggiyaṃ. Aṭṭhame divase kataṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ. Anissaggiyattā pana bāhiraparibhoge vaṭṭati. Sacepi na karoti, telatthāya gahitasāsapādīnaṃ sattāhātikkamane dukkaṭameva. Pāḷiyaṃ pana anāgatāni aññānipi nāḷikeranimbakosambakakaramandaatasīādīnaṃ telāni atthi, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ atikkāmayato dukkaṭaṃ hoti. Ayametesu viseso. Sesaṃ yāvakālikavatthuṃ yāvajīvikavatthuñca sallakkhetvā sāmaṃpākasavatthukapurebhattapacchābhattapaṭiggahitauggahitakavatthuvidhānaṃ sabbaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
623 623. 兽脂油——世尊曾开许:“诸比丘,我允许兽脂为药:熊脂、鱼脂、鳄鱼脂、猪脂、驴脂。”(《大品》262)此即依此开许的兽脂之油。此处,据“熊脂”一词,除人脂外,一切非净肉类的脂皆已开许。而鳄鱼虽已由“鱼”字所摄,然因其为凶恶鱼类,故又别立。至于“鱼”等词,乃是开许此中一切净肉类的脂。于肉类中,有十种非净肉:人肉、象肉、马肉、狗肉、蛇肉、狮肉、虎肉、豹肉、熊肉、鬣狗肉。于兽脂中,唯人脂一种为非净。于乳等之中,则无非净之名。显示巴利原文
623.Vasātelanti ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni, acchavasaṃ, macchavasaṃ, susukāvasaṃ, sūkaravasaṃ, gadrabhavasa’’nti (mahāva. 262) evaṃ anuññātavasānaṃ telaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘acchavasa’’nti vacanena ṭhapetvā manussavasaṃ sabbesaṃ akappiyamaṃsāna vasā anuññātā. Macchaggahaṇena ca susukāpi gahitā honti, vāḷamacchattā pana visuṃ vuttaṃ. Macchādiggahaṇena cettha sabbesampi kappiyamaṃsānaṃ vasā anuññātā. Maṃsesu hi dasamanaussa-hatthi-assa-sunakha-ahi-sīha-byaggha-dīpi-accha-taracchānaṃ maṃsāni akappiyāni. Vasāsu ekā manussavasāva. Khīrādīsu akappiyaṃ nāma natthi.
由未受具足戒者所制炼的兽脂油,若于食前受取,则食前亦许杂食而用。从食后起,七日之内唯许非杂食而用。其中若杂有如微尘般的肉、筋、骨或血,此则不计。若受取兽脂后亲作,于食前受取、煮炼、过滤者,七日之内应作为非杂食而受用。为说明“非杂食受用”,故有言:“彼时受取、彼时煮熟、彼时混合,可以油之受用而用。”(《大品》262)于此,不计者仍为不计。然于食后,无论受取或制作,皆不可为。此已说:显示巴利原文
Anupasampannehi katanibbaṭṭitavasātelaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana tattha sukhumarajasadisaṃ maṃsaṃ vā nhāru vā aṭṭhi vā lohitaṃ vā hoti, taṃ abbohārikaṃ. Sace pana vasaṃ paṭiggahetvā sayaṃ karoti, purebhattaṃ paṭiggahetvā pacitvā parissāvetvā sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogena paribhuñjitabbaṃ . Nirāmisaparibhogañhi sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 262). Tatrāpi abbohārikaṃ abbohārikameva. Pacchābhattaṃ pana paṭiggahituṃ vā kātuṃ vā na vaṭṭatiyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“诸比丘,若非时受取、非时煮熟、非时混合,若食用此,则犯三恶作。诸比丘,若于时受取、非时煮熟、非时混合,若食用此,则犯二恶作。诸比丘,若于时受取、于时煮熟、非时混合,若食用此,则犯一恶作。诸比丘,若于时受取、于时煮熟、于时混合,若食用此,则无犯。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Vikāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’ti.
优波提舍长老的弟子们问道:“尊者,将酥油、生酥和兽脂一起煮炼后,是可用的还是不可用的?”长老答:“不可用,贤友。”据说长老对此事就如对待煮油渣滓一般生起疑虑。他们又问道:“尊者,如果生酥中有酪团或酪浆滴,这可用吗?”长老答:“这也不可用,贤友。”他们接着说:“尊者,把它们一起煮过之后混合起来,就会具有强力的药效,能够制伏疾病。”长老便认可说:“善哉,贤友。”显示巴利原文
Upatissattheraṃ pana antevāsikā pucchiṃsu – ‘‘bhante, sappinavanītavasāni ekato pacitvā nibbaṭṭitāni vaṭṭanti, na vaṭṭantī’’ti? ‘‘Na vaṭṭanti, āvuso’’ti. Thero kirettha pakkatelakasaṭe viya kukkuccāyati. Tato naṃ uttari pucchiṃsu – ‘‘bhante, navanīte dadhiguḷikā vā takkabindu vā hoti, etaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti? ‘‘Etampi, āvuso, na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tato naṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, ekato pacitvā saṃsaṭṭhāni tejavantāni honti, rogaṃ niggaṇhantī’’ti? ‘‘Sādhāvuso’’ti thero sampaṭicchi.
大须摩长老则说:“净肉之脂可在杂食受用中使用,其余之脂可在非杂食受用中使用。”大莲华长老却遮止说:“这是什么意思?”然后说道:“那些患风病的比丘们,不正是将熊脂、猪脂等加入五根汤粥中饮用吗?那汤粥因具强力而能制伏疾病。”并说“可用”。显示巴利原文
Mahāsumatthero panāha – ‘‘kappiyamaṃsavasā sāmisaparibhoge vaṭṭati, itarā nirāmisaparibhoge vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpadumatthero pana ‘‘idaṃ ki’’nti paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘nanu vātābādhikā bhikkhū pañcamūlakasāvayāguyaṃ acchasūkaratelādīni pakkhipitvā yāguṃ pivanti, sā tejussadattā rogaṃ niggaṇhātī’’ti vatvā ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti āha.
蜜,即是所谓的“蝇蜜”,是由那些称为蜜蜂、小蝇蜂、大黄蜂等所酿造的蜜。若在食前取用,在食前也可以作杂食受用;从食后起,七日内仅可作非杂食受用。若超过七日,如有如岩石般的大蜜块被切成块块放置,或将蜜分置于不同的容器中,依资具计算,都应作舍;如果只有一整块,或其余的蜜都集于一个容器中,那就只应舍一件。受持者应依前述的道理来了知,蜜可用于涂疮等。蜜脾或蜜蜡,若未被蜜所沾染、是清净的,则为尽形寿资具;若被蜜所沾染,则依蜜的法则来判定。所谓蝉蜜、有翅的长蝇,以及名叫盾虫的有骨翅大黑蜂,它们的巢中有如树脂般的蜜,这属于尽形寿资具。显示巴利原文
Madhu nāma makkhikāmadhūti madhukarīhi nāma madhumakkhikāhi khuddakamakkhikāhi bhamaramakkhikāhi ca kataṃ madhu. Taṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisaparibhogampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogameva vaṭṭati. Sattāhātikkame sace silesasadisaṃ mahāmadhuṃ khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ, itaraṃ vā nānābhājanesu, vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyāni. Sace ekameva khaṇḍaṃ, ekabhājane vā itaraṃ ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Uggahitakaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, arumakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Madhupaṭalaṃ vā madhusitthakaṃ vā sace madhunā amakkhitaṃ parisuddhaṃ, yāvajīvikaṃ. Madhumakkhitaṃ pana madhugatikameva. Cīrikā nāma sapakkhā dīghamakkhikā, tumbalanāmikā ca aṭṭhipakkhā kāḷamahābhamarā honti, tesaṃ āsayesu niyyāsasadisaṃ madhu hoti, taṃ yāvajīvikaṃ.
所谓糖蜜,是由甘蔗所制成的。凡依甘蔗汁,未经煮制或未与所依分离而煮制的,一切未离煮制的甘蔗制品,都应了知为糖蜜。此糖蜜若于食前受持,食前即使是杂食亦可用;从食后开始,七日内唯非杂食方可用。若超过七日,则按所依物计数,犯尼萨耆。若将多块压碎置于一器中,结成紧密块状,唯犯一尼萨耆。对已作执受者,应依所说方式了知,可用于涂屋、涂熏等处。若以食前受持的未滤甘蔗汁制成糖蜜,若为未受具足戒者所作,杂食亦可用;若为自己所作,则唯非杂食方可用。然而,从食后开始,因是有所依物而受持,故不可吞咽,即使超过七日亦无犯。食后以未滤受持者所作,同样不可吞咽,超过七日亦无犯。此道理同样适用于受持甘蔗后所作之糖蜜。然而,食前以已滤受持者所作,若为未受具足戒者所作,食前杂食亦可用,从食后开始,七日内唯非杂食方可用。若为自己所作,则食前亦唯非杂食可用。食后以已滤受持者所作,则七日间唯非杂食可用。已作执受者所作,如前所说。关于‘烧煮甘蔗糖蜜或捣制甘蔗糖蜜唯食前可用’的说法,出自《大注疏》。显示巴利原文
Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattanti ucchurasaṃ upādāya apakkā vā avatthukapakkā vā sabbāpi avatthukā ucchuvikati phāṇitanti veditabbā. Taṃ phāṇitaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Sattāhātikkame vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyaṃ. Bahū piṇḍā cuṇṇetvā ekabhājane pakkhittā honti ghanasannivesā, ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Uggahitakaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, gharadhūpanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitena aparissāvitaucchurasena kataphāṇitaṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ, sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya pana savatthukapaṭiggahitattā anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Pacchābhattaṃ aparissāvitapaṭiggahitena katampi anajjhoharaṇīyameva, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Esa nayo ucchuṃ paṭiggahetvā kataphāṇitepi. Purebhattaṃ pana parissāvitapaṭiggahitakena kataṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva. Sayaṃkataṃ purebhattampi nirāmisameva. Pacchābhattaṃ parissāvitapaṭiggahitena kataṃ pana nirāmisameva sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Uggahitakakataṃ vuttanayameva. ‘‘Jhāmaucchuphāṇitaṃ vā koṭṭitaucchuphāṇitaṃ vā purebhattameva vaṭṭatī’’ti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.
然而,在《大筏》中,有人提出疑问:‘这种有所依而煮制的糖蜜,是否可用呢?’然后回答道:‘甘蔗糖蜜于食后,没有不可用的道理。’此说合理。以冷水制成的蜜花糖蜜,食前杂食可用,从食后开始,七日内唯非杂食方可用。若超过七日,按所依物计数,犯恶作。加入乳制成的蜜糖蜜,则属于时限食。不过,块糖除去乳垢并洗净后,是允许的。蜜花在食前,新鲜的可用,炒制的亦可用。炒后无论是否与芝麻等混合捣碎,也都可用。然而,若取之进行为酿酒的调配,从调配种子之时起,便不可用了。所有诸如芭蕉、椰枣、芒果、面包果、菠萝蜜、酸角等时限果所制的糖蜜,都唯属时限食。以熟胡椒所制成的糖蜜,则属于终生药。显示巴利原文
Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘etaṃ savatthukapakkaṃ vaṭṭati, no vaṭṭatī’’ti pucchaṃ katvā ‘‘ucchuphāṇitaṃ pacchābhattaṃ novaṭṭanakaṃ nāma natthī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ. Sītudakena kataṃ madhukapupphaphāṇitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisaṃ vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Khīraṃ pakkhipitvā kataṃ madhukaphāṇitaṃ yāvakālikaṃ. Khaṇḍasakkharaṃ pana khīrajallikaṃ apanetvā sodhenti, tasmā vaṭṭati. Madhukapupphaṃ pana purebhattaṃ allaṃ vaṭṭati, bhajjitampi vaṭṭati. Bhajjitvā tilādīhi missaṃ vā amissaṃ vā katvā koṭṭitampi vaṭṭati. Yadi pana taṃ gahetvā merayatthāya yojenti, yojitaṃ bījato paṭṭhāya na vaṭṭati. Kadalī-khajjūrī-amba-labuja-panasa-ciñcādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ yāvakālikaphalānaṃ phāṇitaṃ yāvakālikameva. Maricapakkehi phāṇitaṃ karonti, taṃ yāvajīvikaṃ.
‘受持它们之后’:即便是把全部受持后放在一个罐中,不作区分地存放,若超过七日,唯犯一个尼萨耆。若是已经各自分开存放的,则犯五个尼萨耆。然而,只要未超过七日,无论患病者还是无病者,都可依所说的方法随意受用。所谓七种限定,即:病限定、人限定、时限定、期限定、处限定、脂限定、药限定。显示巴利原文
Tāni paṭiggahetvāti sacepi sabbānipi paṭiggahetvā eka ghaṭe avinibbhogāni katvā nikkhipati , sattāhātikkame ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Vinibhuttesu pañca nissaggiyāni. Sattāhaṃ pana anatikkāmetvā gilānenapi agilānenapi vuttanayeneva yathāsukhaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Sattavidhañhi odissaṃ nāma – byādhiodissaṃ, puggalodissaṃ, kālodissaṃ, samayodissaṃ, desodissaṃ, vasodissaṃ, bhesajjodissanti.
其中,因病开许者:如“诸比丘,我允许在非人病时服用生肉、生血。”(《大品》264)如此因病的开许,唯患该病者方可受用,他人不得。且该物无论时与非时、净与不净,皆可使用。显示巴利原文
Tattha byādhiodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsaṃ āmakalohita’’nti (mahāva. 264) evaṃ byādhiṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ teneva ābādhena ābādhikassa vaṭṭati, na aññassa. Tañca kho kālepi vikālepi kappiyampi akappiyampi vaṭṭatiyeva.
因人开许者:如“诸比丘,我允许反刍者反刍。然诸比丘,不应将食物取出到口外再行吞咽。”(《小品》273)如此因人而开许者,唯彼人可用,他人不可。显示巴利原文
Puggalodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, romanthakassa romanthanaṃ. Na ca, bhikkhave, bahimukhadvāraṃ nīharitvā ajjhoharitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 273) evaṃ puggalaṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ tasseva vaṭṭati, na aññassa.
因时开许者:如“诸比丘,我允许给予四种大粗物——粪、尿、灰、泥。”(《大品》268)如此为被蛇咬伤时而开许者,唯于彼时,即使未经授受,亦可使用,非他时。显示巴利原文
Kālodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cattāri mahāvikaṭāni dātuṃ – gūthaṃ, muttaṃ, chārikaṃ, mattika’’nti (mahāva. 268) evaṃ ahinā daṭṭhakālaṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ tasmiṃyeva kāle appaṭiggahitakampi vaṭṭati, na aññasmiṃ.
时限开许:即如‘于众食,除特定时分外’等(《波逸提》217)所示,依此为各各时分所开许的无犯,唯于彼时是无犯,非于他时。显示巴利原文
Samayodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘gaṇabhojane aññatra samayā’’tiādinā (pāci. 217) nayena taṃ taṃ samayaṃ uddissa anuññātā anāpattiyo, tā tasmiṃ tasmiṃyeva samaye anāpattiyo honti, na aññadā.
处所开许:即如‘诸比丘,我允许于如是边地国土,以持律第五人之众授具足戒’(《大品》259)所示,如此为边地所开许的具足戒等,唯于彼处适用,非于中国。显示巴利原文
Desodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpesu paccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampada’’nti (mahāva. 259) evaṃ paccantadese uddissa anuññātāni upasampadādīni, tāni tattheva vaṭṭanti, na majjhimadese.
脂类开许:即如‘诸比丘,我允许诸脂为药’(《大品》262)所示,以脂为名所开许者,除人脂外,一切净与不净之脂所成的油,若有所需,可作涂油之用而受用。显示巴利原文
Vasodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjānī’’ti (mahāva. 262) evaṃ vasānāmena anuññātaṃ , taṃ ṭhapetvā manussavasaṃ sabbesaṃ kappiyākappiyavasānaṃ telaṃ taṃtadatthikānaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
名为药限定:如世尊所说“诸比丘,我允许五种药”(《大品》260-261),即是以药的名义开许、能作饮食之用的酥、生酥、油、蜜、糖蜜。受持这些后,于当日食前可随意受用;于食后,若有因缘,依前述方式,可在七日内受用。显示巴利原文
Bhesajjodissaṃ nāma – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañca bhesajjānī’’ti (mahāva. 260-261) evaṃ bhesajjanāmena anuññātāni āhāratthaṃ pharituṃ samatthāni sappinavanītatelamadhuphāṇitanti. Tāni paṭiggahetvā tadahupurebhattaṃ yathāsukhaṃ pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sati paccaye vuttanayeneva sattāhaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni.
624 超过七日且作超过想者,犯舍堕罪。即使仅如芥子许,或仅一次以指蘸取、以舌尝的量,也须舍弃,并须忏悔波逸提罪。显示巴利原文
624.Sattāhātikkante atikkantasaññī nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti sacepi sāsapamattaṃ hoti sakiṃ vā aṅguliyā gahetvā jivhāya sāyanamattaṃ nissajjitabbameva, pācittiyañca desetabbaṃ.
“不可作身受用而用”:不应涂抹于身体,也不应涂于身上的疮。被这些所涂抹的袈裟、剪刀、杖、鞋、脚踏布、床、座等,也都不可使用。《大筏》中说:“门、窗、门板上的手握之处也不应涂抹。”大注疏则说:“然而,若投入染料中,则可涂抹门、窗、门板。”显示巴利原文
Na kāyikena paribhogena paribhuñjitabbanti kāyo vā kāye aru vā na makkhetabbaṃ. Tehi makkhitāni kāsāvakattarayaṭṭhiupāhanapādakathalikamañcapīṭhādīnipi aparibhogāni. ‘‘Dvāravātapānakavāṭesupi hatthena gahaṇaṭṭhānaṃ na makkhetabba’’nti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kasāve pana pakkhipitvā dvāravātapānakavāṭāni makkhetabbānī’’ti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.
不犯:若在七日之内,决意熟酥、油、脂肪、头油或涂油、蜂蜜、疮口涂药、糖浆、熏屋用物,则不犯。若要将已决意的油倒入未决意的油容器中,而该容器有微细小孔,油滴渗入后为旧油所覆盖,则应重新决意。若容器口很大,大量油顿时涌入覆盖旧油,则无需重新决意,因为该油即成已决意之物。同理,将未决意的油倒入已决意的油容器中,也应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Anāpatti antosattāhaṃ adhiṭṭhetīti sattāhabbhantare sappiñca telañca vasañca muddhanitelaṃ vā abbhañjanaṃ vā madhuṃ arumakkhanaṃ phāṇitaṃ gharadhūpanaṃ adhiṭṭheti, anāpatti. Sace adhiṭṭhitatelaṃ anadhiṭṭhitatelabhājane ākiritukāmo hoti, bhājane ce sukhumaṃ chiddaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ telaṃ purāṇatelena ajjhottharīyati, puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Atha mahāmukhaṃ hoti, sahasāva bahutelaṃ pavisitvā purāṇatelaṃ ajjhottharati, puna adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi. Adhiṭṭhitagatikameva hi taṃ hoti, etena nayena adhiṭṭhitatelabhājane anadhiṭṭhitatelākiraṇampi veditabbaṃ.
625 625.‘舍弃’:若两人共有之物由一人接受而未分配,超过七日,两人均不犯,但不得使用。若接受者对另一人说:‘贤友,此油你可使用七日。’而那人并未使用,谁有犯?无人犯。何以故?因为接受者已舍弃,而另一人未曾接受。显示巴利原文
625.Vissajjetīti ettha sace dvinnaṃ santakaṃ ekena paṭiggahitaṃ avibhattaṃ hoti, sattāhātikkame dvinnampi anāpatti, paribhuñjituṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Sace yena paṭiggahitaṃ, so itaraṃ bhaṇati – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ telaṃ sattāhamattaṃ paribhuñja tva’’nti. So ca paribhogaṃ na karoti, kassa āpatti? Na kassacipi āpatti . Kasmā? Yena paṭiggahitaṃ tena vissajjitattā, itarassa appaṭiggahitattā.
‘毁坏’:即不能使用。‘已舍、已吐、已放’等:以何种心使药成为已舍、已吐、已放,该心即称为舍心、吐心、放心。由此心,此人便称为无所贪恋,意即无所贪恋地给予沙弥。为何这样说?大善慧长老说:‘为显示在七日之内给予后,后来获得而使用,不犯。’大莲华长老则说:‘此不应再乞求,因为对于七日之内所给予者,再次使用实无犯。此乃为说明超过七日者使用无犯而说。’因此,如此给予的药,若沙弥加以加工或不加工而送给该比丘作鼻药,比丘可接受并用作鼻药。若沙弥愚钝,不知如何给予,可由另一比丘告诉他:‘沙弥,你有油吗?’‘是的,尊者,有。’‘拿来,我们为长老作药。’这样也可以。其余文句容易理解。显示巴利原文
Vinassatīti aparibhogaṃ hoti. Cattenātiādīsu yena cittena bhesajjaṃ cattañca vantañca muttañca hoti, taṃ cittaṃ cattaṃ vantaṃ muttanti vuccati. Tena cittena puggalo anapekkhoti vuccatti, evaṃ anapekkho sāmaṇerassa datvāti attho. Idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ? ‘‘Evaṃ antosattāhe datvā pacchā labhitvā paribhuñjantassa anāpattidassanattha’’nti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ‘‘nayidaṃ yācitabbaṃ, antosattāhe dinnassa hi puna paribhoge āpattiyeva natthi. Sattāhātikkantassa pana paribhoge anāpattidassanatthamidaṃ vutta’’nti. Tasmā evaṃ dinnaṃ bhesajjaṃ sace sāmaṇero abhisaṅkharitvā vā anabhisaṅkharitvā vā tassa bhikkhuno natthukammatthaṃ dadeyya, gahetvā natthukammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace bālo hoti, dātuṃ na jānāti, aññena bhikkhunā vattabbo – ‘‘atthi te, sāmaṇera, tela’’nti ‘‘āma, bhante, atthī’’ti. ‘‘Āhara, therassa bhesajjaṃ karissāmā’’ti. Evampi vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
等起同咖提那衣;属不作为犯;非想解脱;无心亦犯;为制罪;以身业、语业成犯。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, akiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,
三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
四、雨浴衣学处解释显示巴利原文
4. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
626 626.“那时”等:雨浴衣学处。其中,“允许雨浴衣”:在衣犍度的毗舍佉因缘(《大品》349等)中已允许。“提前”:即事先。显示巴利原文
626.Tena samayenāti vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha vassikasāṭikā anuññātāti cīvarakkhandhake visākhāvatthusmiṃ (mahāva. 349 ādayo) anuññātā. Paṭikaccevāti pureyeva.
627 627.“热季尚余一月”:即四个热季月中还剩最后一个月。“作”:通过缝制、染色、作净等完成。作时应只作一件,并在适时决意;不得决意两件。显示巴利原文
627.Māso seso gimhānanti catunnaṃ gimhamāsānaṃ eko pacchimamāso seso. Katvāti sibbanarajanakappapariyosānena niṭṭhapetvā. Karontena ca ekameva katvā samaye adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, dve adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vaṭṭanti.
“热季尚余一个多月”:即名为热季的时节,还剩一个多月。显示巴利原文
Atirekamāse sese gimhāneti gimhānanāmake atirekamāse sese.
“热季尚余一个半月时,作已而穿着”:此处,应知有四种时域——雨浴衣的寻求时域、制作时域、穿着时域、决意时域;有两种时节——腹时节与背时节;以及背时节四法、腹时节四法,即两类四法。显示巴利原文
Atirekaddhamāsesese gimhāne katvā nivāsetīti ettha pana ṭhatvā vassikasāṭikāya pariyesanakkhettaṃ karaṇakkhettaṃ nivāsanakkhettaṃ adhiṭṭhānakkhettanti catubbidhaṃ khettaṃ, kucchisamayo piṭṭhisamayoti duvidho samayo, piṭṭhisamayacatukkaṃ kucchisamayacatukkanti dve catukkāni ca veditabbāni.
其中,从基月满月日的次日,至黑半月布萨日为止,这半个月是寻求时域和制作时域。在此期间,若尚未获得雨浴衣,可以寻求;若已获得,可以制作,但不得穿着和决意。从黑半月布萨日的次日,至阿沙荼月满月日为止,这半个月是寻求、制作、穿着三者的时域。在此期间,可以寻求、制作、穿着,唯不可决意。从阿沙荼月满月日的次日,至迦提月满月日为止,这四个月是寻求、制作、穿着、决意四者的时域。在此期间,若尚未获得,可以寻求;若已获得,可以制作、穿着、决意。这便是应当先知的四种时域。显示巴利原文
Tattha jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kāḷapakkhuposathā, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakkhettañceva karaṇakkhettañca. Etasmiñhi antare vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ laddhaṃ kātuñca vaṭṭati, nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭati. Kāḷapakkhuposathassa pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva āsāḷhīpuṇṇamā, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakaraṇanivāsanānaṃ tiṇṇampi khettaṃ. Etasmiñhi antare pariyesituṃ kātuṃ nivāsetuñca vaṭṭati, adhiṭṭhātuṃyeva na vaṭṭati. Āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamā, ime cattāro māsā pariyesanakaraṇanivāsanādhiṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ khettaṃ. Etasmiñhi antare aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ laddhaṃ kātuṃ nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca vaṭṭati. Idaṃ tāva catubbidhaṃ khettaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,从迦提月满月日的次日开始,直至基月满月日为止,这七个月称为‘背时节’。在此期间,若以‘是雨浴衣之时’等念头为由,从非亲属、未经邀请者那里使雨浴衣得以产生,便依此学处犯舍堕。若以‘请给我雨浴衣’等言辞乞求而令其产生,则依非亲属乞求学处犯舍堕。若如前所述生起念头,而从亲属或已邀请者那里令雨浴衣产生,则仅依此学处犯舍堕。若作乞求而令产生,依非亲属乞求学处则不犯。此义在《附随》中说:显示巴利原文
Kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pana pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamā, ime satta māsā piṭṭhisamayo nāma. Etasmiñhi antare ‘‘kālo vassikasāṭikāyā’’tiādinā nayena satuppādaṃ katvā aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ nipphādentassa iminā sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Detha me vassikasāṭikacīvara’’ntiādinā nayena viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Vuttanayeneva satuppādaṃ katvā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato nipphādentassa imināva sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpatti. Vuttañhetaṃ parivāre –
向母亲乞衣,而非求取已指定给僧团者;
于彼如何有犯,于亲属则无犯;
这些问题为善巧者所思维。’(《附随》481)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mātaraṃ cīvaraṃ yāce, no ca saṅghe pariṇataṃ; Kenassa hoti āpatti, anāpatti ca ñātake; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 481);
而此问题正是针对此义所说。应如是了知背时节四法。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi pañho imamatthaṃ sandhāya vuttoti. Evaṃ piṭṭhisamayacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,从頞湿缚庾阇月满月后的第一个斋日起,直至迦提月满月,这五个月称为胎藏时。在此期间,若依前述方式作意念后,从非亲属、未受邀请者处使雨浴衣生起,则犯坏威仪恶作。有些人先前也会布施雨浴衣,但若这些人对于此人而言是非亲属、未受邀请者,则无坏威仪,因为允许对他们作意念。若通过乞求而使雨浴衣生起,则依向非亲属乞求学处,犯舍堕波逸提。然而,此罪对于原本就布施雨浴衣者同样存在。若依前述方式作意念后,从亲属、受邀请者处使雨浴衣生起,则依此学处无犯。若通过乞求而使雨浴衣生起,则依向非亲属乞求学处亦无犯。所谓‘不应说:给我’,此言在寻求时,正是针对非亲属、未受邀请者而说。应如此了知胎藏时四组。显示巴利原文
Jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pana pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamā, ime pañca māsā kucchisamayo nāma. Etasmiñhi antare vuttanayena satuppādaṃ katvā aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ nipphādentassa vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ. Ye manussā pubbepi vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ denti, ime pana sacepi attano aññātakaappavāritā honti, vattabhedo natthi, tesu satuppādakaraṇassa anuññātattā. Viññatiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Idaṃ pana pakatiyā vassikasāṭikadāyakesupi hotiyeva. Vuttanayeneva satuppādaṃ katvā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato nipphādentassa iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti. Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpatti. ‘‘Na vattabbā detha me’’ti idañhi pariyesanakāle aññātakaappavāriteyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Evaṃ kucchisamayacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ.
裸身以水淋身者,犯恶作。此处,不依水滴粒数计犯,而应依每次沐浴结束时的行为,犯恶作。不过,此犯仅针对在露天场地,以从天而降的雨水沐浴者。若在浴亭、水池等处,以罐中倾倒的水沐浴者,则不犯。显示巴利原文
Naggo kāyaṃ ovassāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha udakaphusitagaṇanāya akatvā nhānapariyosānavasena payoge payoge dukkaṭena kāretabbo. So ca kho vivaṭaṅgaṇe ākāsato patitaudakeneva nhāyanto. Nhānakoṭṭhakavāpiādīsu ghaṭehi āsittaudakena vā nhāyantassa anāpatti.
所谓“雨季被延后”,此处是指:若已求得雨浴衣,过完热季最后一个月后,又将雨季第一个月延长,以热季最后一个月作为雨季第一个月,则应把雨浴衣洗净后存放。未作决定、未作净施者,可保管两个月,于入雨安居当日应作决定。若因忘失或衣不足而未作决定,则那两个月份连同雨季四个月,共得保管六个月。若于迦提月敷展咖提那衣,则再得四个月,如是共为十个月。此后,若因忆念、期望而作成根本衣并收藏,则可再得一个月,如是共得保管十一个月。然而,若在入雨安居前一日、二日乃至前十日,或在雨安居期间,已获得又已完成,应何时作决定?此事在注释书中未作讨论。从得衣之日起,十日内完成者,即应于该十日内作决定。若超过十天才完成,则应在完成当天作决定。若不足十日,则不应超过衣时。此是我个人之见。何以故?因为世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许对三衣作决定,不作净施;允许对雨浴衣于雨季四个月作决定,此后作净施。’因此,于入雨安居前,即使超过十日,亦不犯。又云:‘超过十日的额外衣应持守。’是故,若在入雨安居前……显示巴利原文
Vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyatīti ettha sace katapariyesitāya vassikasāṭikāya gimhānaṃ pacchima māsaṃ khepetvā puna vassānassa paṭhamamāsaṃ ukkaḍḍhitvā gimhānaṃ pacchimamāsameva karonti, vassikasāṭikā dhovitvā nikkhipitabbā. Anadhiṭṭhitā avikappitā dve māse parihāraṃ labhati, vassūpanāyikadivase adhiṭṭhātabbā. Sace satisammosena vā appahonakabhāvena vā akatā hoti, te ca dve māse vassānassa ca cātumāsanti cha māse parihāraṃ labhati. Sace pana kattikamāse kathinaṃ attharīyati, aparepi cattāro māse labhati, evaṃ dasa māsā honti. Tato parampi satiyā paccāsāya mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapentassa ekamāsanti evaṃ ekādasa māse parihāraṃ labhati. Sace pana ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca, kadā adhiṭṭhātabbāti etaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu na vicāritaṃ. Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Dasāhātikkame niṭṭhitā tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbā. Dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbāti ayaṃ no attanomati. Kasmā? ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) hi vuttaṃ. Tasmā vassūpanāyikato pubbe dasāhātikkamepi anāpatti. ‘‘Dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’’nti (pārā. 462) ca vuttaṃ. Tasmā ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca vuttanayeneva antodasāhe vā tadahu vā adhiṭṭhātabbā, dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbā.
于此,或许有人会想:“既然有‘于雨季四个月作决定’之说,则在四个月内的任何时候作决定都是可以的。”若如此,则“痒病覆疮衣乃至病愈时作决定”所说的那种衣,也应可超过十日了。如此便与“超过十日之额外衣应持守”相违。因此,应如前述那样理解,或找到其他确凿理由后舍此见解。此外,《小部》的舍堕篇末尾也说:“应何时作决定?从得衣之日起,于十日内完成者,即应于该十日内作决定。若不足,则直至迦提月满月,可获得保管期。”显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā ‘‘vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti vacanato ‘‘cātumāsabbhantare yadā vā tadā vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ, ‘‘kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātu’’nti vuttaṃ sāpi, ca dasāhaṃ atikkāmetabbā siyā. Evañca sati ‘‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’’nti idaṃ virujjhati. Tasmā yathāvuttameva gahetabbaṃ, aññaṃ vā acalaṃ kāraṇaṃ labhitvā chaḍḍetabbaṃ. Apica kurundiyampi nissaggiyāvasāne vuttaṃ – ‘‘kadā adhiṭṭhātabbā? Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Yadi nappahoti yāva kattikapuṇṇamā parihāraṃ labhatī’’ti.
630 ‘衣被夺者’一语,正是就雨浴衣而说。因为若衣被夺而裸体,以身体淋雨并无犯。在此,若穿着昂贵雨浴衣沐浴时遭遇盗贼,此称为‘灾祸’。其余内容易于理解。显示巴利原文
630.Acchinnacīvarassāti etaṃ vassikasāṭikameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tesañhi naggānaṃ kāyovassāpane anāpatti. Ettha ca mahagghavassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsetvā nhāyantassa corupaddavo āpadā nāma. Sesamettha uttānameva.
(此学处)具六种生起,是作业,非想解脱,非有心,属制戒犯,由身业与语业,通三心,通三受。显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
五、夺衣学处解释显示巴利原文
5. Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
631 ‘那时’等,是夺衣学处。其中,‘yampi tyāhaṃ’即‘yampi te ahaṃ’(凡是我对你)。据说他当时想:‘他为我拿钵、衣、鞋、坐具,将与我一起游行。’因此作了布施,所以这样说。‘夺’即是以强力强取。然而,因取时心存‘此为我物’,故不犯波罗夷;但因以令其疲累的方式而取,故制立此学处。显示巴利原文
631.Tena samayenāti cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha yampi tyāhanti yampi te ahaṃ. So kira ‘‘mama pattacīvaraupāhanapaccattharaṇāni vahanto mayā saddhiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti adāsi. Tenevamāha. Acchindīti balakkārena aggahesi, sakasaññāya gahitattā panassa pārājikaṃ natthi, kilametvā gahitattā āpatti paññattā.
633 自己夺取,犯舍堕波逸提:夺取一件衣,或夺取多件连成一块的衣,犯一罪。夺取多件未连成一块、各自分开放置的衣,以及令人取来,如说“把僧伽梨拿来,把郁多罗僧拿来”,如此令人取时,依物品数目犯诸罪。即便只说“把我所给的全部拿来”,仅此一语,也犯众多罪。显示巴利原文
633.Sayaṃ acchindati nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti ekaṃ cīvaraṃ ekābaddhāni ca bahūni acchindato ekā āpatti. Ekato abaddhāni visuṃ visuṃ ṭhitāni ca bahūni acchindato ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ āhara, uttarāsaṅgaṃ āharā’’ti evaṃ āharāpayato ca vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni āharā’’ti vadatopi ekavacaneneva sambahulā āpattiyo.
指使他人夺取,犯恶作:若命令“取衣”,犯一恶作。受令者取来多件衣,命令者犯一波逸提。若说“取僧伽梨,取郁多罗僧”,每说一语犯一恶作。若说“把我所给的全部取走”,仅此一语,犯众多罪。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ āṇāpeti āpatti dukkaṭassāti ‘‘cīvaraṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇāpeti, ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ gaṇha, uttarāsaṅgaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadato vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni gaṇhā’’ti vadato ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo.
634 其他资具:除了可作决意的最下等衣之外,任何物品,乃至针也算在内。对于缠裹而放置的针,依物品数目计,犯众多恶作。松散缠裹也是如此。但若紧紧绑在一起,则唯独一个恶作,这是《大护持》中所说。放入针筒中的针,此理相同。放入袋中,松散绑着或紧紧绑着的三果等药物,此理亦同。显示巴利原文
634.Aññaṃ parikkhāranti vikappanupagapacchimacīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃ kiñci antamaso sūcimpi. Veṭhetvā ṭhapitasūcīsupi vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭāni. Sithilaveṭhitāsu evaṃ. Gāḷhaṃ katvā baddhāsu pana ekameva dukkaṭanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sūcighare pakkhittāsupi eseva nayo. Thavikāya pakkhipitvā sithilabaddha gāḷhabaddhesu tikaṭukādīsu bhesajjesupi eseva nayo.
635 “他给”是指:他这样说了之后而给:“尊者,这正适合你们。”或者这样说:“贤友,我们心想‘他会履行义务,会在我们跟前依止戒师,会学习法义’,才施与了衣。如今你却不履行义务,不依止戒师,不学法义。”那人被这样说了之后,说:“尊者,我想你们是在说衣的事,这是你们的衣。”这样施与,也是“他给”。或者,见到一位离开常处的年轻比丘,说“不要返回”,而他便不返回。若说“拿到衣便拦住他”,若他返回,那就好;若他说“我想你们是在说钵与衣的事,拿去吧”,这样施与,也是“他给”。或者,见到一位还俗者,说:“我们心想‘他会履行义务’,才施与了钵和衣。如今你却还俗游荡。”那人说:“拿回你们的钵和衣吧。”这样施与,也是“他给”。然而,这样施与是不被允许的:“我只给在我跟前依止戒师的人,不给在别处依止的人。我只给履行义务的人,不给不履行的人。我只给学习法义的人,不给不学习的人。我只给不还俗的人,不给还俗的人。”若作此施与,犯恶作。但可令人取回。若舍弃后已施与,又强行夺回,应按物品价值处罚。其余此处易解。显示巴利原文
635.Sovā detīti ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃyeva idaṃ sāruppa’’nti evaṃ vā deti, atha vā pana ‘‘āvuso, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattapaṭipattiṃ karissati, amhākaṃ santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissati, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇissatī’ti cīvaraṃ adamha, so dāni tvaṃ na vattaṃ karosi, na upajjhaṃ gaṇhāsi, na dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāsī’’ti evamādīni vutto ‘‘bhante, cīvaratthāya maññe bhaṇatha, idaṃ vo cīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. Disāpakkantaṃ vā pana daharaṃ ‘‘nivattetha na’’nti bhaṇati, so na nivattati. Cīvaraṃ gahetvā rundhathāti, evaṃ ce nivattati, sādhu. Sace ‘‘pattacīvaratthāya maññe tumhe bhaṇatha, gaṇhatha na’’nti deti. Evampi so vā deti, vibbhantaṃ vā disvā ‘‘mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattaṃ karissatī’ti pattacīvaraṃ adamha, so dāni tvaṃ vibbhamitvā carasī’’ti vadati. Itaro ‘‘gaṇhatha tumhākaṃ pattacīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. ‘‘Mama santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhantasseva demi, aññattha gaṇhantassa na demi. Vattaṃ karontasseva demi, akarontassa na demi, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇantasseva demi, apariyāpuṇantassa na demi, avibbhamantasseva demi, vibbhamantassa na demī’’ti evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭati, dadato dukkaṭaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnaṃ acchinditvā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
由三源生起:由身与意、由语与意、由身语与意生起;是作业;是有想之解脱;是有意识;是世间罪;是身业与语业;是不善心;是苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
六、乞线学处解释。显示巴利原文
6. Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
636 “那时”指乞线学处。其中,“亚麻”指以亚麻纤维所制成的线。“棉”指从棉花所生的线。“丝”指以蚕丝纺成的线。“羊毛”指山羊毛线。“麻”指麻纤维所制的线。有人说“bhaṅga”单独即指树皮纤维之线;然而应知,以此五种混合所成的线,方称为“bhaṅga”。显示巴利原文
636.Tenasamayenāti suttaviññattisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha khomanti khomavākehi katasuttaṃ. Kappāsikanti kappāsato nibbattaṃ. Koseyyanti kosiyaṃsūhi kantitvā katasuttaṃ. Kambalanti eḷakalomasuttaṃ. Sāṇanti sāṇavākasuttaṃ. Bhaṅganti pāṭekkaṃ vākasuttamevāti eke. Etehi pañcahi missetvā katasuttaṃ pana ‘‘bhaṅga’’nti veditabbaṃ.
“令织”是指,在织工的每一个操作中比丘犯恶作。如果织工没有梭子、综框等工具,比丘为了取来这些而磨斧头或刀,从那一刻起,凡是为工具或为织衣所做的每一件事,在织工的每一个操作中比丘皆犯恶作。当纵向织至约一搩手、横向约一手掌时,犯舍堕罪。然而,《大护持》中说:“令织直到完成,于每一纬板犯舍堕罪。”应知那也是就这一尺寸而说,因为已达到可作决意的最低等衣的计数。显示巴利原文
Vāyāpeti payoge payoge dukkaṭanti sace tantavāyassa turivemādīni natthi, tāni ‘‘araññato āharissāmī’’ti vāsiṃ vā pharasuṃ vā niseti, tato paṭṭhāya yaṃ yaṃ upakaraṇatthāya vā cīvaravāyanatthāya vā karoti, sabbattha tantavāyassa payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Dīghato vidatthimatte tiriyañca hatthamatte vīte nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘yāva pariyosānaṃ vāyāpentassa phalake phalake nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ. Tampi idameva pamāṇaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vikappanupagapacchimañhi cīvarasaṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti.
在此,应如此决断:首先,自己乞求来的线不如法,其余因亲戚等因缘而得的线则如法。织工方面,通过乞求而获得的非亲戚、未受邀请的织工不如法,其余则如法。其中,若用不如法的线与不如法的织工令其织作,依前说方式犯舍堕罪。若用如法的线令不如法的织工织作,则如前述舍堕的情形那样,犯恶作。若用如法的线与不如法的线混合,令不如法的织工织作,依最低等衣的尺寸,如果一处区域纯由如法线所成、另一区域由不如法线所成,衣如田埂般分块,则在不如法线所成的区域犯波逸提,在另一区域同样犯恶作。若区域小于此,乃至小如轮毂图案,则按区域数目在所有区域犯恶作。又若隔一根线织成,或纵向如法、横向不如法而织成,则在每一纬板犯恶作。若以如法织工令织不如法的线,则如前述舍堕的情形,犯恶作。若以同一织工令织如法的线与不如法的线,如果不如法线的区域达到或未达到最低等衣的尺寸,便依那些区域的数目犯恶作;在如法线的区域则无罪。又若隔一根线织成,或纵向如法、横向不如法而织成,则在每一纬板犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Apicettha evaṃ vinicchayo veditabbo – suttaṃ tāva sāmaṃ viññāpitaṃ akappiyaṃ, sesaṃ ñātakādivasena uppannaṃ kappiyaṃ. Tantavāyopi aññātakaappavārito viññattiyā laddho akappiyo, seso kappiyo. Tattha akappiyasuttaṃ akappiyatantavāyena vāyāpentassa pubbe vuttanayena nissaggiyaṃ. Teneva pana kappiyasuttaṃ vāyāpentassa yathā pubbe nissaggiyaṃ, evaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Teneva kappiyaṃ akappiyañca suttaṃ vāyāpentassa yadi pacchimacīvarappamāṇena eko paricchedo suddhakappiyasuttamayo, eko akappiyasuttamayoti evaṃ kedārabaddhaṃ viya cīvaraṃ hoti, akappiyasuttamaye paricchede pācittiyaṃ, itarasmiṃ tatheva dukkaṭaṃ. Yadi tato ūnaparicchedā honti, antamaso acchimaṇḍalappamāṇāpi, sabbaparicchedesu paricchedagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā kappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vītaṃ hoti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyatantavāyenapi akappiyasuttaṃ vāyāpentassa yathā pubbe nissaggiyaṃ, evaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Teneva kappiyañca akappiyañca suttaṃ vāyāpentassa sace pacchimacīvarappamāṇā ūnakā vā akappiyasuttaparicchedā honti, tesu paricchedagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyasuttaparicchedesu anāpatti. Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā kappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vītaṃ hoti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ.
然而,如果有两位织工,一位如法,一位不如法,而线是不如法的,他们若轮流织作:当不如法的织工织造时,每织一梭犯波逸提,未满一梭犯恶作;当另一位织造时,两处皆犯恶作。若两人共持一梭同织,则每织一梭犯波逸提。如果线是如法的,而衣料是以田垄等方式分块的,当不如法的织工织造时,每完成一个区域犯恶作;当另一位织造时,无罪。若两人共持一梭同织,则每织一梭犯恶作。若线既有如法也有不如法的,他们若轮流织作:当不如法的织工织造那些由不如法线织成、达到最低等衣尺寸的区域时,按区域数量犯波逸提;在未满尺寸的区域以及由如法线织成的部分犯恶作。当如法的织工织造由不如法线织成的部分——不论尺寸是否已满——唯犯恶作;织造由如法线织成的部分时,无罪。显示巴利原文
Yadi pana dve tantavāyā honti, eko kappiyo eko akappiyo, suttañca akappiyaṃ, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena vīte phalake phalake pācittiyaṃ, ūnatare dukkaṭaṃ. Itarena vīte ubhayattha dukkaṭaṃ. Sace dvepi vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, phalake phalake pācittiyaṃ. Atha suttaṃ kappiyaṃ, cīvarañca kedārabaddhādīhi saparicchedaṃ, akappiyatantavāyena vīte paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ, itarena vīte anāpatti. Sace dvepi vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ. Atha suttampi kappiyañca akappiyañca, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pacchimacīvarappamāṇesu paricchedesu vītesu paricchedagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ. Ūnakataresu kappiyasuttamayesu ca dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pamāṇayuttesu vā ūnakesu vā dukkaṭameva. Kappiyasuttamayesu anāpatti.
再者,若用间断的线,或将不适合作经线的线纵向织入、适合作纬线的线横向织入,或两人共持一梭一同纺织,在未划分区域的衣上,每织一梭板便犯一恶作;在已划分区域的衣上,则依所划分的区域计算恶作。不过,这一义理在《大注疏》中不明显,而在《大帕卡利》等注疏中才清晰。在此处,则以一切方式明示。显示巴利原文
Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā akappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ kappiyaṃ katvā vinanti, ubhopi vā te vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, aparicchede cīvare phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ, saparicchede paricchedavasena dukkaṭānīti. Ayaṃ pana attho mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ apākaṭo, mahāpaccariyādīsu pākaṭo. Idha sabbākāreneva pākaṭo.
若线是如法的,织工也为如法,或是由亲属所邀请,或已付酬雇用,则因织造之缘而无犯。但是,为了防范由超过十日而生的犯戒,当织成的布料刚达到可作分配的尺寸时,应即就如此安住的状态予以决意。若超过十日才织毕,则会成为应舍弃的。若由亲属等将经线架上织机后,说:‘尊者,请接受这件为您而织的衣’,并予交付,也适用同样的原则。显示巴利原文
Sace suttampi kappiyaṃ, tantavāyopi kappiyo ñātakappavārito vā mūlena vā payojito, vāyāpanapaccayā anāpatti. Dasāhātikkamanapaccayā pana āpattiṃ rakkhantena vikappanupagappamāṇamatte vīte tante ṭhitaṃyeva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Dasāhātikkamena niṭṭhāpiyamānañhi nissaggiyaṃ bhaveyyāti. Ñātakādīhi tantaṃ āropetvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, idaṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti niyyātitepi eseva nayo.
若织工如此被雇用,或自己发心想要布施,而说:‘尊者,我将在某日为您织好衣并存放好’,比丘若从他所指定的日期起超过十日,便犯应舍弃的波逸提。显示巴利原文
Sace tantavāyo evaṃ payojito vā sayaṃ dātukāmo vā hutvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ asukadivase nāma vāyitvā ṭhapessāmī’’ti vadati, bhikkhu ca tena paricchinnadivasato dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
然而,如果织工说“我为您织好衣后,会派人送信”,并照此而行,但被派来的比丘没有告知那位比丘,而是其他人见到或听说后告知:“尊者,您的衣已完成”,这样的告知不足为凭。唯有当那位被派来的比丘亲自告知时,从其告知之日算起,若超过十日,则犯应舍弃的波逸提。显示巴利原文
Sace pana tantavāyo ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā sāsanaṃ pesessāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, tena pesitabhikkhu pana tassa bhikkhuno na āroceti, añño disvā vā sutvā vā ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, cīvaraṃ niṭṭhita’’nti āroceti, etassa ārocanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana tena pesitoyeva āroceti, tassa vacanaṃ sutadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
如果织工说“我为您织好衣后,会送到某人手中”,并照此而行,但拿到衣而离去的比丘将衣放在自己住处后,没有告知他,这时另有他人说:“尊者,新送来的衣好吗?”问:“贤友,衣在哪里?”答:“送到某某人手中了。”这种说法也不足为凭。只有当那位比丘交付衣时,从获得衣之日算起,若超过十日,则犯应舍弃的波逸提。然而,如果织造的工价尚未支付,哪怕只剩一迦迦尼迦的量,在此期间仍受保护。显示巴利原文
Sace tantavāyo ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā kassaci hatthe pahiṇissāmī’’ti vatvā tatheva karoti, cīvaraṃ gahetvā gatabhikkhu pana attano pariveṇe ṭhapetvā tassa na āroceti, añño koci bhaṇati ‘‘api, bhante, adhunā ābhataṃ cīvaraṃ sundara’’nti? ‘‘Kuhiṃ, āvuso, cīvara’’nti? ‘‘Itthannāmassa hatthe pesita’’nti. Etassapi vacanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana so bhikkhu cīvaraṃ deti, laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana vāyāpanamūlaṃ adinnaṃ hoti, yāva kākaṇikamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ, tāva rakkhati.
640 640.“为缝衣而乞线无罪”意指:为了缝制衣而乞求线,无罪。在“为腰带”等句中,是处格表示目的,即为了腰带等目的而乞求,无罪。此处其余内容意义明了。显示巴利原文
640.Anāpatti cīvaraṃ sibbetunti cīvarasibbanatthāya suttaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti attho. Āyogetiādīsupi nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ, āyogādinimittaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
六种等起,属作为,非由想而解脱,无心,属制罪,属身业与语业,有三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
七、大织工学处解释。显示巴利原文
7. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
641 641.“那时”即指大织工学处。此中,“持线”指称量线,确定其分量。“紧密”即厚实。“善织”指织工精良,各处均匀。“善梳理”指梳理得当,在织机上各处均匀展开。“善刮理”指以刮刀刮理得当。“善刷理”指以刷子刷理得当,意为清洗干净。“不足”指缺陷。“在织机上”指在织机上纵向展开。显示巴利原文
641.Tena samayenāti mahāpesakārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha suttaṃ dhārayitvāti suttaṃ tuletvā palaparicchedaṃ katvā. Appitanti ghanaṃ. Suvītanti suṭṭhu vītaṃ, sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā vītaṃ. Suppavāyitanti suṭṭhu pavāyitaṃ sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā tante pasāritaṃ. Suvilekhitanti lekhaniyā suṭṭhu vilikhitaṃ. Suvitacchitanti kocchena suṭṭhu vitacchitaṃ, suniddhotanti attho. Paṭibaddhanti vekallaṃ . Tanteti tante dīghato pasāraṇeyeva upanetvāti attho.
642 642.“若那位比丘在那里”:指那些织工所在的村庄或城镇。“会生起特殊规定”:指生起特别的规定,额外的规则。巴利文中,为显示如何生起特殊规定,而说“贤友,这确实”等。显示巴利原文
642.Tatra ce so bhikkhūti yatra gāme vā nigame vā te tantavāyā tatra. Vikappaṃ āpajjeyyāti visiṭṭhaṃ kappaṃ adhikavidhānaṃ āpajjeyya. Pāḷiyaṃ pana yenākārena vikappaṃ āpanno hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘idaṃ kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
‘说法’:即讲说佛法开示,借由言语展示出如同缝线加长、加宽、加厚一般的样式。显示巴利原文
Dhammampi bhaṇatīti dhammakathampi katheti, ‘‘tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā’’ti suttavaḍḍhanaākārameva dasseti.
‘先前未被邀请’:指先前未受到衣主人的邀请。其余内容意义明了。显示巴利原文
Pubbeappavāritoti cīvarasāmikehi pubbe appavārito hutvā. Sesaṃ uttānatthamevāti.
属六种等起,属于作为,不因认知而免责,无心,属制罪,属于身业与语业,显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,
三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
8. 急施衣学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
646-9 “那时”指急施衣学处。其中,“十日未至”:十日即十天,因那十日尚未到来,称为“十日未至”,意为十天尚未到达。“那十日未至”是依持续关系将业格用作处格,因此在它的分别中说“在十日未至时”。而“自恣”一词,是为显示所谓“十日未至”的具体情形、免于混淆而用的非业格。显示巴利原文
646-9.Tena samayenāti accekacīvarasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha dasāhānāgatanti dasa ahāni dasāhaṃ, tena dasāhena anāgatā dasāhānāgatā, dasāhena asampattāti attho, taṃ dasāhānāgataṃ, accantasaṃyogavasena bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘dasāhānāgatāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Pavāraṇāyāti idaṃ pana yā sā dasāhānāgatāti vuttā, taṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ asammohatthaṃ anupayogavacanaṃ.
“迦提迦月三月满月”指第一迦提迦月的三月满月。此处同样因第一句不适用,故依前例,以业格表处格之义。这是说:从“第一大自恣日尚差十日”所宣说之时开始,即使那些天里有比丘恰得急施衣,比丘了知“这是急施衣”后,也应当全部接受。由此,显示了自恣月白分第五日起所得衣物的存放时限。虽然此义依“超过十日之多余衣应持”这条戒本已然成立,但为依事发端、显示前所未闻之义,而制立此一学处。显示巴利原文
Kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamanti paṭhamakattikatemāsikapuṇṇamaṃ. Idhāpi paṭhamapadassa anupayogattā purimanayeneva bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘‘yato paṭṭhāya paṭhamamahāpavāraṇā dasāhānāgatā’ti vuccati, sacepi tāni divasāni accantameva bhikkhuno accekacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, ‘accekaṃ ida’nti jānamānena bhikkhunā sabbampi paṭiggahetabba’’nti. Tena pavāraṇāmāsassa juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭhāya uppannassa cīvarassa nidhānakālo dassito hoti. Kāmañcesa ‘‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’’nti imināva siddho, atthuppattivasena pana apubbaṃ viya atthaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapitaṃ.
“急施衣”即指急用的衣。为显示其急用性,而说“或欲往军中”等。其中,“信”仅表示有一定程度之信。“净信”表示极净信、深厚之信。名为急施衣者:即因这些因缘,欲施者或遣使者,或亲自前来,告知“我将施雨安居衣”,如是告知之衣,名为急施衣。然而,从第六日起,即便非急用的衣,以及取出后放置的衣,也都获得此开许。显示巴利原文
Accekacīvaranti accāyikacīvaraṃ vuccati, tassa pana accāyikabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘senāya vā gantukāmo hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha saddhāti iminā saddhāmattakameva dassitaṃ. Pasādoti iminā suppasannā balavasaddhā. Etaṃ accekacīvaraṃ nāmāti etaṃ imehi kāraṇehi dātukāmena dūtaṃ vā pesetvā sayaṃ vā āgantvā ‘‘vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmī’’ti evaṃ ārocitaṃ cīvaraṃ accekacīvaraṃ nāma hotī. Chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya pana uppannaṃ anaccekacīvarampi paccuddharitvā ṭhapitacīvarampi etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyeva.
“作标记后存放”是指:作某种标记后放置。为何这样说?因为若在自恣前分配此衣,得衣者便不应破夏;若破夏,该衣即归僧团所有。因此,作标记后,便可方便施与。显示巴利原文
Saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbanti kiñci nimittaṃ katvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Kasmā etaṃ vuttaṃ? Yadi hi taṃ pure pavāraṇāya vibhajanti. Yena gahitaṃ, tena chinnavassena na bhavitabbaṃ. Sace pana hoti, taṃ cīvaraṃ saṅghikameva hoti. Tato sallakkhetvā sukhaṃ dātuṃ bhavissatīti.
650 “于急施衣有急施衣想”等,是就分别解说后、针对已取衣而说。若衣未分配,或放在僧团库房,即使超过衣时亦不犯。如是,多余衣的开许为十日。对于未作雨浴衣者,若未敷咖提那,开许五月;若雨安居延后,开许六月;若已敷咖提那,则此后开许四月。于冬末之日,依根本衣作持另有开许一月,故总开许十一月。依忆念与期望,根本衣开许一月;急施衣若未敷咖提那,开许一月零十一日;若已敷咖提那,开许五月零十一日。此后,纵一日亦无可开许,应知。显示巴利原文
650.Accekacīvare accekacīvarasaññīti evamādi vibhajitvā gahitameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace pana avibhattaṃ hoti, saṅghassa vā bhaṇḍāgāre, cīvarasamayātikkamepi anāpatti. Iti atirekacīvarassa dasāhaṃ parihāro. Akatassa vassikasāṭikacīvarassa anatthate kathine pañca māsā, vasse ukkaḍḍhite cha māsā, atthate kathine apare cattāro māsā. Hemantassa pacchime divase mūlacīvarādhiṭṭhānavasena aparopi eko māsoti ekādasa māsā parihāro. Satiyā paccāsāya mūlacīvarassa eko māso, accekacīvarassa anatthate kathine ekādasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine ekādasadivasādhikā pañca māsā, tato paraṃ ekadivasampi parihāro natthīti veditabbaṃ.
“非急施衣”是指与急施衣相似的其他衣。此处其余文义,易解明了。显示巴利原文
Anaccekacīvareti accekacīvarasadise aññasmiṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
咖提那的犯缘:非不作为,亦非想解脱,非无心,乃依制戒而犯,属身业、语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – akiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
9. 有疑学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
652 “那时”等,是有关怖畏学处。其中,“已住雨安居者,于阿兰若处”是指他们先前也住在阿兰若。但因衣单薄,为资具故,便住于村落附近的住处过雨安居;待衣作成后,心想“如今已无牵挂,当修沙门法”,于是住于阿兰若处的住处。“迦提迦月盗贼”是指迦提迦月中的盗贼。“遍恼”即加以恼害,四处奔走,或以怖畏驱逐。“存放于内室”即存放于村内。世尊以如法、平等所得之资具难得,且头陀比丘即使对母亲亦不可劝请,故为护衣而允许存放于内室。然而,因比丘们适宜住于阿兰若,故未遮止阿兰若住。显示巴利原文
652.Tenasamayenāti sāsaṅkasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha vutthavassā āraññakesūti te pubbepi araññeyeva vihariṃsu. Dubbalacīvarattā pana paccayavasena gāmantasenāsane vassaṃ vasitvā niṭṭhitacīvarā hutvā ‘‘idāni nippalibodhā samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmā’’ti āraññakesu senāsanesu viharanti. Kattikacorakāti kattikamāse corā. Paripātentīti upaddavanti, tattha tattha ādhāvitvā uttāsenti palāpenti. Antaraghare nikkhipitunti antogāme nikkhipituṃ. Bhagavā yasmā paccayā nāma dhammena samena dullabhā, sallekhavā hi bhikkhu mātarampi viññāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Tasmā cīvaraguttatthaṃ antaraghare nikkhipituṃ anujānāti. Bhikkhūnaṃ pana anurūpattā araññavāsaṃ na paṭikkhipi.
653 “Upavassaṃ kho panā”一句中,“upavassaṃ”即“近住”,意为“近住之后”。如“upasampajjanti”等,此处应视为带有鼻音。义为“入雨安居而住之后”。此句与“住于如是住处之比丘”相连。所表达的意思是:入雨安居而住之后,从此以后,直至后迦提迦月满月结束,凡是被认可为有怖畏、有险难的阿兰若住处,住于这些住处的比丘,若愿意,可将三衣中的任何一件存放于内室。然而,凡是入雨安居而住至初迦提迦月满月者,也已包含在“已住雨安居者”之内,因此这里不作深究词义之论,在分别句中只是为了显示可存放衣之人,而说“已住雨安居者”。此语亦与“住于住处之比丘”相连。此处意思是:在这些比丘中,任何一位,也就是“已住雨安居之比丘,住于住处”者。显示巴利原文
653.Upavassaṃ kho panāti ettha upavassanti upavassa; upavasitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasampajjantiādīsu viya hi ettha anunāsiko daṭṭhabbo. Vassaṃ upagantvā vasitvā cāti attho. Imassa ca padassa ‘‘tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto’’ti iminā sambandho. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Vassaṃ upagantvā vasitvā ca tato paraṃ pacchimakattikapuṇṇamapariyosānakālaṃ yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni sappaṭibhayāni; tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto ākaṅkhamāno tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipeyyāti. Yasmā pana yo vassaṃ upagantvā yāva paṭhamakattikapuṇṇamaṃ vasati, so vuṭṭhavassānaṃ abbhantaro hoti, tasmā idaṃ atigahanaṃ byañjanavicāraṇaṃ akatvā padabhājane kevalaṃ cīvaranikkhepārahaṃ puggalaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vuṭṭhavassāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Tassāpi ‘‘bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto’’ti iminā sambandho. Ayañhi ettha attho ‘‘vuṭṭhavassānaṃ bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto’’ti evarūpānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abbhantare yo koci bhikkhūti vuttaṃ hoti.
阿兰若相,在不与取的注释中已有说明。然而,此处有所差别:如果寺院有围墙,应从有围墙村落的界标,或无围墙村落应设立界限之处开始,量至寺院围墙。如果寺院没有围墙,则应以最先的住处、食堂、常集会处、菩提树或塔庙作为界限来衡量,即使这些地方离住处较远。即使附近有村落,在寺院中能听到村人的声音,但由于山、河等障碍无法直行,若有通常的道路,即使需乘船通行,也应沿着这条道路,从村落量取五百弓。如果有人为了成就近村分,而从各处阻塞道路,应知此人是“头陀支贼”。显示巴利原文
Araññalakkhaṇaṃ adinnādānavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sace vihāro parikkhitto hoti, parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīlato aparikkhittassa parikkhepārahaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya yāva vihāraparikkhepā minitabbaṃ. Sace vihāro aparikkhitto hoti, yaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ senāsanaṃ vā bhattasālā vā dhuvasannipātaṭṭhānaṃ vā bodhivā cetiyaṃ vā dūre cepi senāsanato hoti, taṃ paricchedaṃ katvā minitabbaṃ. Sacepi āsanne gāmo hoti, vihāre ṭhitehi gharamānusakānaṃ saddo sūyati, pabbatanadīādīhi pana antaritattā na sakkā ujuṃ gantuṃ, yo cassa pakatimaggo hoti, sacepi nāvāya sañcaritabbo, tena maggena gāmato pañcadhanusatikaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yo āsannagāmassa aṅgasampādanatthaṃ tato tato maggaṃ pidahati, ayaṃ ‘‘dhutaṅgacoro’’ti veditabbo.
“Sāsaṅkasammatāni”意为“被认作有恐惧的”,也就是“被这样认知的”。在词语分别中,为了显示它们被认作有恐惧的原因,而说了“在寺院、在寺院附近区域”等。显示巴利原文
Sāsaṅkasammatānīti ‘‘sāsaṅkānī’’ti sammatāni; evaṃ saññātānīti attho. Padabhājane pana yena kāraṇena tāni sāsaṅkasammatāni, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ārāme ārāmūpacāre’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
“Sappaṭibhayāni”意为“与恐惧相伴”,即具有现前强大恐惧之义。在词语分别中,为了显示它们与恐惧相伴的原因,而说了“在寺院、在寺院附近区域”等。显示巴利原文
Saha paṭibhayena sappaṭibhayāni, sannihitabalavabhayānīti attho. Padabhājane pana yena kāraṇena tāni sappaṭibhayāni; taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ārāme ārāmūpacāre’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
“Samantā gocaragāme nikkhipeyyā”的意思是:对于林野住所,应在四周的一切方位中,选取自己喜好的行境村落,依正念与条件具足而作安置。显示巴利原文
Samantā gocaragāme nikkhipeyyāti āraññakassa senāsanassa samantā sabbadisābhāgesu attanā abhirucite gocaragāme satiyā aṅgasampattiyā nikkhipeyya.
对此,条件的具足如下:于前安居入雨安居后,在大自恣时已受自恣,此为第一条件。若于后安居入雨安居,或为破雨安居者,则不可安置。唯限在迦提月,此为第二条件;迦提月过后便不可安置。住所须为最远五百弓量、符合限度的,此为第三条件;若小于此量,或超过半由旬,则不可安置。因为此处所指的,正是在乞食后能于食时返回寺院的处所。然而,若受邀请,即使前往半由旬或一由旬处而住,亦属开许,此无定量。住所须是有恐惧、有怖畏的,此为第四条件;因为在无恐惧、无怖畏的住所,纵使具足条件而住,也不可安置。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ aṅgasampatti – purimikāya upagantvā mahāpavāraṇāya pavārito hoti, idamekaṃ aṅgaṃ. Sace pacchimikāya vā upagato hoti chinnavasso vā, nikkhipituṃ na labhati. Kattikamāsoyeva hoti, idaṃ dutiyaṃ aṅgaṃ. Kattikamāsato paraṃ na labhati, pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimameva pamāṇayuttaṃ senāsanaṃ hoti, idaṃ tatiyaṃ aṅgaṃ. Ūnappamāṇe vā gāvutato atirekappamāṇe vā na labhati, yatra hi piṇḍāya caritvā puna vihāraṃ bhattavelāyaṃ sakkā āgantuṃ, tadeva idha adhippetaṃ. Nimantito pana addhayojanampi yojanampi gantvā vasituṃ pacceti, idamappamāṇaṃ. Sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayameva hoti, idaṃ catutthaṃ aṅgaṃ. Anāsaṅkaappaṭibhaye hi aṅgayuttepi senāsane vasanto nikkhipituṃ na labhatīti.
“Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā”的意思是:除了比丘的认可。这是指在仓库学处(《波罗夷》475)中所开许的拘睒弥认可;若已获得那种认可,即使离宿超过六夜,也是可以的。显示巴利原文
Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti yā udositasikkhāpade kosambakasammuti (pārā. 475) anuññātā tassā sammutiyā aññatra; sace sā laddhā hoti, chārattātirekampi vippavasituṃ vaṭṭati.
“Puna gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvā”意为:如果比丘的住所在托钵村的东方,而这位比丘去了西方,当他返回住所后,若无法待到第七日破晓,则应进入村界,在会堂或任何地方暂住,得知衣的去向后,即可离开。若仍然无法做到,则应在该处舍弃,这样,多余的衣便处于应舍弃的状态。其余内容容易了解。显示巴利原文
Puna gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvāti sace gocaragāmato puratthimāya disāya senāsanaṃ; ayañca pacchimadisaṃ gato hoti, senāsanaṃ āgantvā sattamaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ asakkontena gāmasīmampi okkamitvā sabhāyaṃ vā yattha katthaci vā vasitvā cīvarappavattiṃ ñatvā pakkamituṃ vaṭṭatīti attho. Evaṃ asakkontena tattheva ṭhitena paccuddharitabbaṃ, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
咖提那的起源:由身与语、或由身、语、意而生起;属无作业、非想解脱、无心、犯制戒、属身业和语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, akiriyā, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 已指定学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Pariṇatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
657 “657. 那时”是已指定学处。其中,“pūgassa”意为团体,即法众的意思。“Paṭiyatta”意为已准备。“僧团有许多食物”意为僧团有许多食物、众多利得之来源;他们表明僧团不会因任何人而有所减损。“Oṇojetha”意为请给与。然而,为何这样说是不允许的呢?因为此施食是已被带来、放置于一处、为僧团而准备的,在已带来、已准备以及为特定对象而放置的部分中,并不存在所谓的使用言语。显示巴利原文
657.Tena samayenāti pariṇatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha pūgassāti samūhassa; dhammagaṇassāti attho. Paṭiyattanti paṭiyāditaṃ. Bahū saṅghassa bhattāti saṅghassa bahūni bhattāni anekāni lābhamukhāni; na saṅghassa kenaci parihānīti dīpenti. Oṇojethāti detha. Kiṃ panevaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti kasmā na vaṭṭati? Ayañhi abhihaṭabhikkhā abhiharitvā ekasmiṃ okāse saṅghassatthāya paṭiyattā abhihaṭapaṭiyatte ca uddissa ṭhapitabhāge ca payuttavācā nāma natthi.
658 “僧团的”意为属于僧团的。因为它是已指定分给僧团之物,即使尚未到手,从某种角度来说,也属于僧团。然而,在词语分解中,则通过释义的方式,以“僧团物,名为已施与僧团、已舍与僧团者”,显示了非权宜意义上的僧团物。“利得”是指应被获得之物。因此,在其解释中说“衣等物”。“已指定”意为已作为倾向僧团、朝向僧团、归向僧团而住立者。为了说明它成为“已指定”的原因,而说词语分解:“‘我们将给与、我们将做’这样的话已说出”。显示巴利原文
658.Saṅghikanti saṅghassa santakaṃ. So hi saṅghassa pariṇatattā hatthaṃ anārūḷhopi ekena pariyāyena saṅghassa santako hoti, padabhājane pana ‘‘saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccatta’’nti evaṃ atthuddhāravasena nippariyāyatova saṅghikaṃ dassitaṃ. Lābhanti paṭilabhitabbavatthuṃ āha. Tenevassa niddese ‘‘cīvarampī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Pariṇatanti saṅghassa ninnaṃ saṅghassa poṇaṃ saṅghassa pabbhāraṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ. Yena pana kāraṇena so pariṇato hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘dassāma karissāmāti vācā bhinnā hotī’’ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
659 “在故意操作上犯恶作”意为:在将已指定的利得转为己用的操作中,犯恶作;当获得该物、执持在手时,则犯舍堕。然而,若是已施与僧团之物,则不应取用,而应给予僧团。若与寺男等一起食用,则应对物品估价后,令其赔偿。对于已指定的物品,若同法者或在家人,乃至母亲的物品,明知“这是给我的”,并明知其已指定给僧团的状态,仍转为己用而取者,犯舍堕波逸提。若转为他人用,说“给这位比丘”,则犯净波逸提。若将一钵或一衣转为己用,另一件转为他人用,则犯舍堕波逸提和净波逸提。对于多物,道理与此相同。此亦曾说:显示巴利原文
659.Payogedukkaṭanti pariṇatalābhassa attano pariṇāmanapayoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena tasmiṃ hatthaṃ ārūḷhe nissaggiyaṃ. Sace pana saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti, taṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, saṅghasseva dātabbaṃ. Yopi ārāmikehi saddhiṃ ekato khādati, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Pariṇataṃ pana sahadhammikānaṃ vā gihīnaṃ vā antamaso mātusantakampi ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti saṅghassa pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmetvā gaṇhantassa nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Imassa bhikkhuno dehī’’ti evaṃ aññassa pariṇāmentassa suddhikapācittiyaṃ. Ekaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā attano, ekaṃ aññassa pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyañceva suddhikapācittiyañca. Eseva nayo bahūsu. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
‘‘Nissaggiyena āpattiṃ, suddhikena pācittiyaṃ; Āpajjeyya ekato; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 480);
这正是关于转用的说明。即使在雨季衣时,于母亲家中,若明知已指定给僧团的雨季衣而转用于己,犯舍堕波逸提。若转为他人用,犯波逸提。人们说:“我们将作僧团食”,带来酥油等。若病比丘明知这些物品已指定给僧团,却乞求任何物品,即犯舍堕波逸提。然而,若他问:“你们的酥油等已带来,有吗?”回答:“有。”然后说:“也请给我一些。”这是允许的。或者,当比丘感到不安时,优婆塞们说:“僧团也是受用我们所供养的;请纳受,尊者。”这样也是允许的。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi pariṇāmanaṃ sandhāya vutto. Yopi vassikasāṭikasamaye mātugharepi saṅghassa pariṇataṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Parassa pariṇāmeti, suddhikapācittiyaṃ. Manussā ‘‘saṅghabhattaṃ karissāmā’’ti sappitelādīni āharanti, gilāno cepi bhikkhu saṅghassa pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā kiñci yācati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyameva. Sace pana so ‘‘tumhākaṃ sappiādīni ābhaṭāni atthī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘āma, atthī’’ti vutte ‘‘mayhampi dethā’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Athāpi naṃ kukkuccāyantaṃ upāsakā vadanti – ‘‘saṅghopi amhehi dinnameva labhati; gaṇhatha, bhante’’ti evampi vaṭṭati.
660 『将已回向僧团之物转给其他僧团』:在一间寺院中,已回向给该僧团的物品,若转而指定另一间寺院,说“请将此物给某某大寺的僧团”,如此便是转给其他僧团。显示巴利原文
660.Saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṅghassāti ekasmiṃ vihāre saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññaṃ vihāraṃ uddisitvā ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma mahāvihāre saṅghassa dethā’’ti pariṇāmeti .
『转给塔』:例如说“给僧团的东西有什么用?你们拿去供养塔吧”,这样便是转给塔。显示巴利原文
Cetiyassa vāti ‘‘kiṃ saṅghassa dinnena, cetiyassapūjaṃ karothā’’ti evaṃ cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti.
『将已回向塔之物转给其他塔』:此处规定,从专为某一塔而种植的花圃中采摘花朵,用以供养另一塔,这是不允许的。然而,若见到已为某塔撑起了伞盖或悬挂了幡旗,剩餘的部分转供给另一塔,则是允许的。显示巴利原文
Cetiyassapariṇatanti ettha niyametvā aññacetiyassatthāya ropitamālāvacchato aññacetiyamhi pupphampi āropetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Ekassa cetiyassa pana chattaṃ vā paṭākaṃ vā āropetvā ṭhitaṃ disvā sesaṃ aññassa cetiyassa dāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.
“转与特定人的资具转给其他特定人”:即便是已回向给某只狗的东西,若说“别给这只狗,给那一只”,如此转给其他特定人,犯恶作。但是,如果施主们这样说:“我们想做僧团食供,想做塔供养,想供养一位比丘的资具,我们将随顺你们的意乐而给;请说,我们该给到哪里?”当这么说时比丘应该回答:“你们想给到哪里,就给哪里。”如果只是问“给到哪里”,则应按律典中所说的方法告知。其余在此处显而易见。显示巴利原文
Puggalassa pariṇatanti antamaso sunakhassāpi pariṇataṃ ‘‘imassa sunakhassa mā dehi, etassa dehī’’ti evaṃ aññapuggalassa pariṇāmeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana dāyakā ‘‘mayaṃ saṅghassa bhattaṃ dātukāmā, cetiyassa pūjaṃ kātukāmā, ekassa bhikkhuno parikkhāraṃ dātukāmā, tumhākaṃ ruciyā dassāma; bhaṇatha, kattha demā’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ vutte tena bhikkhunā ‘‘yattha icchatha, tattha dethā’’ti vattabbā. Sace pana kevalaṃ ‘‘kattha demā’’ti pucchanti, pāḷiyaṃ āgatanayeneva vattabbaṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
三种生起方式:从身与意、从语与意、从身语与意而生起;是现行;依想了结;有意识;世间过;身业与语业;不善心;通于三受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.